Mercurial > vim
annotate src/os_win32.c @ 5349:73cc7272de5e v7.4.027
updated for version 7.4.027
Problem: Another valgrind error when using CTRL-X CTRL-F at the start of
the line. (Dominique Pelle)
Solution: Don't call mb_ptr_back() at the start of the line. Add a test.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 08 Sep 2013 20:00:48 +0200 |
parents | 8d5cd0ec3e71 |
children | 4dfba3df303c |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 /* | |
10 * os_win32.c | |
11 * | |
12 * Used for both the console version and the Win32 GUI. A lot of code is for | |
13 * the console version only, so there is a lot of "#ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32". | |
14 * | |
15 * Win32 (Windows NT and Windows 95) system-dependent routines. | |
16 * Portions lifted from the Win32 SDK samples, the MSDOS-dependent code, | |
17 * NetHack 3.1.3, GNU Emacs 19.30, and Vile 5.5. | |
18 * | |
19 * George V. Reilly <george@reilly.org> wrote most of this. | |
20 * Roger Knobbe <rogerk@wonderware.com> did the initial port of Vim 3.0. | |
21 */ | |
22 | |
23 #include "vim.h" | |
24 | |
14 | 25 #ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME |
26 # include "if_mzsch.h" | |
27 #endif | |
28 | |
7 | 29 #include <sys/types.h> |
30 #include <signal.h> | |
31 #include <limits.h> | |
3927 | 32 |
33 /* cproto fails on missing include files */ | |
34 #ifndef PROTO | |
35 # include <process.h> | |
36 #endif | |
7 | 37 |
38 #undef chdir | |
39 #ifdef __GNUC__ | |
40 # ifndef __MINGW32__ | |
41 # include <dirent.h> | |
42 # endif | |
43 #else | |
44 # include <direct.h> | |
45 #endif | |
46 | |
3927 | 47 #ifndef PROTO |
48 # if defined(FEAT_TITLE) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32) | |
49 # include <shellapi.h> | |
50 # endif | |
7 | 51 #endif |
52 | |
53 #ifdef __MINGW32__ | |
54 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_1ST_BUTTON_PRESSED | |
55 # define FROM_LEFT_1ST_BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0001 | |
56 # endif | |
57 # ifndef RIGHTMOST_BUTTON_PRESSED | |
58 # define RIGHTMOST_BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0002 | |
59 # endif | |
60 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_2ND_BUTTON_PRESSED | |
61 # define FROM_LEFT_2ND_BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0004 | |
62 # endif | |
63 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_3RD_BUTTON_PRESSED | |
64 # define FROM_LEFT_3RD_BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0008 | |
65 # endif | |
66 # ifndef FROM_LEFT_4TH_BUTTON_PRESSED | |
67 # define FROM_LEFT_4TH_BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0010 | |
68 # endif | |
69 | |
70 /* | |
71 * EventFlags | |
72 */ | |
73 # ifndef MOUSE_MOVED | |
74 # define MOUSE_MOVED 0x0001 | |
75 # endif | |
76 # ifndef DOUBLE_CLICK | |
77 # define DOUBLE_CLICK 0x0002 | |
78 # endif | |
79 #endif | |
80 | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
81 /* |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
82 * Reparse Point |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
83 */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
84 #ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
85 # define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT 0x00000400 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
86 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
87 #ifndef IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMLINK |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
88 # define IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMLINK 0xA000000C |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
89 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
90 |
7 | 91 /* Record all output and all keyboard & mouse input */ |
92 /* #define MCH_WRITE_DUMP */ | |
93 | |
94 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
95 FILE* fdDump = NULL; | |
96 #endif | |
97 | |
98 /* | |
99 * When generating prototypes for Win32 on Unix, these lines make the syntax | |
100 * errors disappear. They do not need to be correct. | |
101 */ | |
102 #ifdef PROTO | |
103 #define WINAPI | |
104 #define WINBASEAPI | |
105 typedef char * LPCSTR; | |
26 | 106 typedef char * LPWSTR; |
7 | 107 typedef int ACCESS_MASK; |
108 typedef int BOOL; | |
109 typedef int COLORREF; | |
110 typedef int CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO; | |
111 typedef int COORD; | |
112 typedef int DWORD; | |
113 typedef int HANDLE; | |
114 typedef int HDC; | |
115 typedef int HFONT; | |
116 typedef int HICON; | |
117 typedef int HINSTANCE; | |
118 typedef int HWND; | |
119 typedef int INPUT_RECORD; | |
120 typedef int KEY_EVENT_RECORD; | |
121 typedef int LOGFONT; | |
122 typedef int LPBOOL; | |
123 typedef int LPCTSTR; | |
124 typedef int LPDWORD; | |
125 typedef int LPSTR; | |
126 typedef int LPTSTR; | |
127 typedef int LPVOID; | |
128 typedef int MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD; | |
129 typedef int PACL; | |
130 typedef int PDWORD; | |
131 typedef int PHANDLE; | |
132 typedef int PRINTDLG; | |
133 typedef int PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR; | |
134 typedef int PSID; | |
135 typedef int SECURITY_INFORMATION; | |
136 typedef int SHORT; | |
137 typedef int SMALL_RECT; | |
138 typedef int TEXTMETRIC; | |
139 typedef int TOKEN_INFORMATION_CLASS; | |
140 typedef int TRUSTEE; | |
141 typedef int WORD; | |
142 typedef int WCHAR; | |
143 typedef void VOID; | |
3927 | 144 typedef int BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION; |
5112
f063be86b632
updated for version 7.3.1299
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5049
diff
changeset
|
145 typedef int SE_OBJECT_TYPE; |
f063be86b632
updated for version 7.3.1299
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5049
diff
changeset
|
146 typedef int PSNSECINFO; |
f063be86b632
updated for version 7.3.1299
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5049
diff
changeset
|
147 typedef int PSNSECINFOW; |
7 | 148 #endif |
149 | |
150 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
151 /* Undocumented API in kernel32.dll needed to work around dead key bug in | |
152 * console-mode applications in NT 4.0. If you switch keyboard layouts | |
153 * in a console app to a layout that includes dead keys and then hit a | |
154 * dead key, a call to ToAscii will trash the stack. My thanks to Ian James | |
155 * and Michael Dietrich for helping me figure out this workaround. | |
156 */ | |
157 | |
158 /* WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI GetConsoleKeyboardLayoutNameA(LPSTR); */ | |
159 #ifndef WINBASEAPI | |
160 # define WINBASEAPI __stdcall | |
161 #endif | |
162 #if defined(__BORLANDC__) | |
163 typedef BOOL (__stdcall *PFNGCKLN)(LPSTR); | |
164 #else | |
165 typedef WINBASEAPI BOOL (WINAPI *PFNGCKLN)(LPSTR); | |
166 #endif | |
297 | 167 static PFNGCKLN s_pfnGetConsoleKeyboardLayoutName = NULL; |
7 | 168 #endif |
169 | |
170 #if defined(__BORLANDC__) | |
171 /* Strangely Borland uses a non-standard name. */ | |
172 # define wcsicmp(a, b) wcscmpi((a), (b)) | |
173 #endif | |
174 | |
3927 | 175 #ifndef PROTO |
176 | |
4352 | 177 /* Enable common dialogs input unicode from IME if possible. */ |
3010 | 178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4238 | 179 LRESULT (WINAPI *pDispatchMessage)(CONST MSG *) = DispatchMessage; |
3010 | 180 BOOL (WINAPI *pGetMessage)(LPMSG, HWND, UINT, UINT) = GetMessage; |
181 BOOL (WINAPI *pIsDialogMessage)(HWND, LPMSG) = IsDialogMessage; | |
182 BOOL (WINAPI *pPeekMessage)(LPMSG, HWND, UINT, UINT, UINT) = PeekMessage; | |
183 #endif | |
184 | |
3927 | 185 #endif /* PROTO */ |
186 | |
7 | 187 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
188 /* Win32 Console handles for input and output */ | |
189 static HANDLE g_hConIn = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; | |
190 static HANDLE g_hConOut = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; | |
191 | |
192 /* Win32 Screen buffer,coordinate,console I/O information */ | |
193 static SMALL_RECT g_srScrollRegion; | |
194 static COORD g_coord; /* 0-based, but external coords are 1-based */ | |
195 | |
196 /* The attribute of the screen when the editor was started */ | |
197 static WORD g_attrDefault = 7; /* lightgray text on black background */ | |
198 static WORD g_attrCurrent; | |
199 | |
200 static int g_fCBrkPressed = FALSE; /* set by ctrl-break interrupt */ | |
201 static int g_fCtrlCPressed = FALSE; /* set when ctrl-C or ctrl-break detected */ | |
202 static int g_fForceExit = FALSE; /* set when forcefully exiting */ | |
203 | |
204 static void termcap_mode_start(void); | |
205 static void termcap_mode_end(void); | |
206 static void clear_chars(COORD coord, DWORD n); | |
207 static void clear_screen(void); | |
208 static void clear_to_end_of_display(void); | |
209 static void clear_to_end_of_line(void); | |
210 static void scroll(unsigned cLines); | |
211 static void set_scroll_region(unsigned left, unsigned top, | |
212 unsigned right, unsigned bottom); | |
213 static void insert_lines(unsigned cLines); | |
214 static void delete_lines(unsigned cLines); | |
215 static void gotoxy(unsigned x, unsigned y); | |
216 static void normvideo(void); | |
217 static void textattr(WORD wAttr); | |
218 static void textcolor(WORD wAttr); | |
219 static void textbackground(WORD wAttr); | |
220 static void standout(void); | |
221 static void standend(void); | |
222 static void visual_bell(void); | |
223 static void cursor_visible(BOOL fVisible); | |
224 static BOOL write_chars(LPCSTR pchBuf, DWORD cchToWrite); | |
225 static char_u tgetch(int *pmodifiers, char_u *pch2); | |
226 static void create_conin(void); | |
227 static int s_cursor_visible = TRUE; | |
228 static int did_create_conin = FALSE; | |
229 #else | |
230 static int s_dont_use_vimrun = TRUE; | |
231 static int need_vimrun_warning = FALSE; | |
232 static char *vimrun_path = "vimrun "; | |
233 #endif | |
234 | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
235 static int win32_getattrs(char_u *name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
236 static int win32_setattrs(char_u *name, int attrs); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
237 static int win32_set_archive(char_u *name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
238 |
7 | 239 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
240 static int suppress_winsize = 1; /* don't fiddle with console */ | |
241 #endif | |
242 | |
2612 | 243 static char_u *exe_path = NULL; |
244 | |
7 | 245 static void |
246 get_exe_name(void) | |
247 { | |
2630 | 248 /* Maximum length of $PATH is more than MAXPATHL. 8191 is often mentioned |
249 * as the maximum length that works (plus a NUL byte). */ | |
250 #define MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN 8192 | |
251 char temp[MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN]; | |
2612 | 252 char_u *p; |
7 | 253 |
254 if (exe_name == NULL) | |
255 { | |
256 /* store the name of the executable, may be used for $VIM */ | |
2630 | 257 GetModuleFileName(NULL, temp, MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN - 1); |
7 | 258 if (*temp != NUL) |
259 exe_name = FullName_save((char_u *)temp, FALSE); | |
260 } | |
819 | 261 |
2612 | 262 if (exe_path == NULL && exe_name != NULL) |
819 | 263 { |
2615 | 264 exe_path = vim_strnsave(exe_name, |
265 (int)(gettail_sep(exe_name) - exe_name)); | |
2612 | 266 if (exe_path != NULL) |
819 | 267 { |
2612 | 268 /* Append our starting directory to $PATH, so that when doing |
269 * "!xxd" it's found in our starting directory. Needed because | |
270 * SearchPath() also looks there. */ | |
271 p = mch_getenv("PATH"); | |
2630 | 272 if (p == NULL |
273 || STRLEN(p) + STRLEN(exe_path) + 2 < MAX_ENV_PATH_LEN) | |
2612 | 274 { |
2630 | 275 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) |
276 temp[0] = NUL; | |
277 else | |
278 { | |
279 STRCPY(temp, p); | |
280 STRCAT(temp, ";"); | |
281 } | |
2612 | 282 STRCAT(temp, exe_path); |
283 vim_setenv((char_u *)"PATH", temp); | |
284 } | |
819 | 285 } |
286 } | |
7 | 287 } |
288 | |
2612 | 289 /* |
3361 | 290 * Unescape characters in "p" that appear in "escaped". |
291 */ | |
292 static void | |
293 unescape_shellxquote(char_u *p, char_u *escaped) | |
294 { | |
3386 | 295 int l = (int)STRLEN(p); |
3361 | 296 int n; |
297 | |
298 while (*p != NUL) | |
299 { | |
300 if (*p == '^' && vim_strchr(escaped, p[1]) != NULL) | |
301 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l--); | |
302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
303 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
304 #else | |
305 n = 1; | |
306 #endif | |
307 p += n; | |
308 l -= n; | |
309 } | |
310 } | |
311 | |
312 /* | |
2612 | 313 * Load library "name". |
314 */ | |
315 HINSTANCE | |
316 vimLoadLib(char *name) | |
317 { | |
3902 | 318 HINSTANCE dll = NULL; |
319 char old_dir[MAXPATHL]; | |
3889 | 320 |
321 /* NOTE: Do not use mch_dirname() and mch_chdir() here, they may call | |
322 * vimLoadLib() recursively, which causes a stack overflow. */ | |
2612 | 323 if (exe_path == NULL) |
324 get_exe_name(); | |
3902 | 325 if (exe_path != NULL) |
2612 | 326 { |
3902 | 327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
328 WCHAR old_dirw[MAXPATHL]; | |
329 | |
330 if (GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAXPATHL, old_dirw) != 0) | |
331 { | |
332 /* Change directory to where the executable is, both to make | |
333 * sure we find a .dll there and to avoid looking for a .dll | |
334 * in the current directory. */ | |
335 SetCurrentDirectory(exe_path); | |
336 dll = LoadLibrary(name); | |
337 SetCurrentDirectoryW(old_dirw); | |
338 return dll; | |
339 } | |
340 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
341 if (GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
342 #endif | |
343 if (GetCurrentDirectory(MAXPATHL, old_dir) != 0) | |
344 { | |
345 /* Change directory to where the executable is, both to make | |
346 * sure we find a .dll there and to avoid looking for a .dll | |
347 * in the current directory. */ | |
348 SetCurrentDirectory(exe_path); | |
349 dll = LoadLibrary(name); | |
350 SetCurrentDirectory(old_dir); | |
351 } | |
2612 | 352 } |
353 return dll; | |
354 } | |
355 | |
7 | 356 #if defined(DYNAMIC_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO) |
357 # ifndef GETTEXT_DLL | |
358 # define GETTEXT_DLL "libintl.dll" | |
359 # endif | |
3622 | 360 /* Dummy functions */ |
36 | 361 static char *null_libintl_gettext(const char *); |
362 static char *null_libintl_textdomain(const char *); | |
363 static char *null_libintl_bindtextdomain(const char *, const char *); | |
364 static char *null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset(const char *, const char *); | |
7 | 365 |
2612 | 366 static HINSTANCE hLibintlDLL = NULL; |
36 | 367 char *(*dyn_libintl_gettext)(const char *) = null_libintl_gettext; |
368 char *(*dyn_libintl_textdomain)(const char *) = null_libintl_textdomain; | |
369 char *(*dyn_libintl_bindtextdomain)(const char *, const char *) | |
7 | 370 = null_libintl_bindtextdomain; |
36 | 371 char *(*dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset)(const char *, const char *) |
372 = null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset; | |
7 | 373 |
374 int | |
375 dyn_libintl_init(char *libname) | |
376 { | |
377 int i; | |
378 static struct | |
379 { | |
380 char *name; | |
381 FARPROC *ptr; | |
382 } libintl_entry[] = | |
383 { | |
384 {"gettext", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_gettext}, | |
385 {"textdomain", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_textdomain}, | |
386 {"bindtextdomain", (FARPROC*)&dyn_libintl_bindtextdomain}, | |
387 {NULL, NULL} | |
388 }; | |
389 | |
390 /* No need to initialize twice. */ | |
391 if (hLibintlDLL) | |
392 return 1; | |
393 /* Load gettext library (libintl.dll) */ | |
2612 | 394 hLibintlDLL = vimLoadLib(libname != NULL ? libname : GETTEXT_DLL); |
7 | 395 if (!hLibintlDLL) |
396 { | |
2612 | 397 if (p_verbose > 0) |
7 | 398 { |
2612 | 399 verbose_enter(); |
400 EMSG2(_(e_loadlib), GETTEXT_DLL); | |
401 verbose_leave(); | |
7 | 402 } |
2612 | 403 return 0; |
7 | 404 } |
405 for (i = 0; libintl_entry[i].name != NULL | |
406 && libintl_entry[i].ptr != NULL; ++i) | |
407 { | |
408 if ((*libintl_entry[i].ptr = (FARPROC)GetProcAddress(hLibintlDLL, | |
409 libintl_entry[i].name)) == NULL) | |
410 { | |
411 dyn_libintl_end(); | |
412 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
292 | 413 { |
414 verbose_enter(); | |
7 | 415 EMSG2(_(e_loadfunc), libintl_entry[i].name); |
292 | 416 verbose_leave(); |
417 } | |
7 | 418 return 0; |
419 } | |
420 } | |
36 | 421 |
422 /* The bind_textdomain_codeset() function is optional. */ | |
323 | 423 dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibintlDLL, |
36 | 424 "bind_textdomain_codeset"); |
425 if (dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset == NULL) | |
426 dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset = | |
427 null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset; | |
428 | |
7 | 429 return 1; |
430 } | |
431 | |
432 void | |
433 dyn_libintl_end() | |
434 { | |
435 if (hLibintlDLL) | |
436 FreeLibrary(hLibintlDLL); | |
437 hLibintlDLL = NULL; | |
438 dyn_libintl_gettext = null_libintl_gettext; | |
439 dyn_libintl_textdomain = null_libintl_textdomain; | |
440 dyn_libintl_bindtextdomain = null_libintl_bindtextdomain; | |
36 | 441 dyn_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset = null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset; |
7 | 442 } |
443 | |
323 | 444 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 445 static char * |
26 | 446 null_libintl_gettext(const char *msgid) |
7 | 447 { |
448 return (char*)msgid; | |
449 } | |
450 | |
323 | 451 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 452 static char * |
26 | 453 null_libintl_bindtextdomain(const char *domainname, const char *dirname) |
7 | 454 { |
455 return NULL; | |
456 } | |
457 | |
323 | 458 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 459 static char * |
36 | 460 null_libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset(const char *domainname, |
461 const char *codeset) | |
462 { | |
463 return NULL; | |
464 } | |
465 | |
323 | 466 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
36 | 467 static char * |
26 | 468 null_libintl_textdomain(const char *domainname) |
7 | 469 { |
470 return NULL; | |
471 } | |
472 | |
473 #endif /* DYNAMIC_GETTEXT */ | |
474 | |
475 /* This symbol is not defined in older versions of the SDK or Visual C++ */ | |
476 | |
477 #ifndef VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS | |
478 # define VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS 1 | |
479 #endif | |
480 | |
481 DWORD g_PlatformId; | |
482 | |
483 #ifdef HAVE_ACL | |
3927 | 484 # ifndef PROTO |
485 # include <aclapi.h> | |
486 # endif | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
487 # ifndef PROTECTED_DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
488 # define PROTECTED_DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION 0x80000000L |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
489 # endif |
3927 | 490 |
7 | 491 /* |
492 * These are needed to dynamically load the ADVAPI DLL, which is not | |
493 * implemented under Windows 95 (and causes VIM to crash) | |
494 */ | |
5049
72fcf674e545
updated for version 7.3.1268
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5047
diff
changeset
|
495 typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PSNSECINFO) (LPSTR, SE_OBJECT_TYPE, |
7 | 496 SECURITY_INFORMATION, PSID, PSID, PACL, PACL); |
5049
72fcf674e545
updated for version 7.3.1268
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5047
diff
changeset
|
497 typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PGNSECINFO) (LPSTR, SE_OBJECT_TYPE, |
7 | 498 SECURITY_INFORMATION, PSID *, PSID *, PACL *, PACL *, |
499 PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR *); | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
500 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5049
72fcf674e545
updated for version 7.3.1268
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5047
diff
changeset
|
501 typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PSNSECINFOW) (LPWSTR, SE_OBJECT_TYPE, |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
502 SECURITY_INFORMATION, PSID, PSID, PACL, PACL); |
5049
72fcf674e545
updated for version 7.3.1268
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5047
diff
changeset
|
503 typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PGNSECINFOW) (LPWSTR, SE_OBJECT_TYPE, |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
504 SECURITY_INFORMATION, PSID *, PSID *, PACL *, PACL *, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
505 PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR *); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
506 # endif |
7 | 507 |
508 static HANDLE advapi_lib = NULL; /* Handle for ADVAPI library */ | |
509 static PSNSECINFO pSetNamedSecurityInfo; | |
510 static PGNSECINFO pGetNamedSecurityInfo; | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
511 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
512 static PSNSECINFOW pSetNamedSecurityInfoW; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
513 static PGNSECINFOW pGetNamedSecurityInfoW; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
514 # endif |
7 | 515 #endif |
516 | |
2935 | 517 typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PSETHANDLEINFORMATION)(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD); |
518 | |
519 static BOOL allowPiping = FALSE; | |
520 static PSETHANDLEINFORMATION pSetHandleInformation; | |
521 | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
522 #ifdef HAVE_ACL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
523 /* |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
524 * Enables or disables the specified privilege. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
525 */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
526 static BOOL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
527 win32_enable_privilege(LPTSTR lpszPrivilege, BOOL bEnable) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
528 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
529 BOOL bResult; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
530 LUID luid; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
531 HANDLE hToken; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
532 TOKEN_PRIVILEGES tokenPrivileges; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
533 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
534 if (!OpenProcessToken(GetCurrentProcess(), |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
535 TOKEN_ADJUST_PRIVILEGES | TOKEN_QUERY, &hToken)) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
536 return FALSE; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
537 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
538 if (!LookupPrivilegeValue(NULL, lpszPrivilege, &luid)) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
539 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
540 CloseHandle(hToken); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
541 return FALSE; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
542 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
543 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
544 tokenPrivileges.PrivilegeCount = 1; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
545 tokenPrivileges.Privileges[0].Luid = luid; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
546 tokenPrivileges.Privileges[0].Attributes = bEnable ? |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
547 SE_PRIVILEGE_ENABLED : 0; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
548 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
549 bResult = AdjustTokenPrivileges(hToken, FALSE, &tokenPrivileges, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
550 sizeof(TOKEN_PRIVILEGES), NULL, NULL); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
551 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
552 CloseHandle(hToken); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
553 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
554 return bResult && GetLastError() == ERROR_SUCCESS; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
555 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
556 #endif |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
557 |
7 | 558 /* |
559 * Set g_PlatformId to VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT (NT) or | |
560 * VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS (Win95). | |
561 */ | |
562 void | |
563 PlatformId(void) | |
564 { | |
565 static int done = FALSE; | |
566 | |
567 if (!done) | |
568 { | |
569 OSVERSIONINFO ovi; | |
570 | |
571 ovi.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(ovi); | |
572 GetVersionEx(&ovi); | |
573 | |
574 g_PlatformId = ovi.dwPlatformId; | |
575 | |
576 #ifdef HAVE_ACL | |
577 /* | |
578 * Load the ADVAPI runtime if we are on anything | |
579 * other than Windows 95 | |
580 */ | |
581 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) | |
582 { | |
583 /* | |
584 * do this load. Problems: Doesn't unload at end of run (this is | |
585 * theoretically okay, since Windows should unload it when VIM | |
586 * terminates). Should we be using the 'mch_libcall' routines? | |
587 * Seems like a lot of overhead to load/unload ADVAPI32.DLL each | |
588 * time we verify security... | |
589 */ | |
2612 | 590 advapi_lib = vimLoadLib("ADVAPI32.DLL"); |
7 | 591 if (advapi_lib != NULL) |
592 { | |
593 pSetNamedSecurityInfo = (PSNSECINFO)GetProcAddress(advapi_lib, | |
594 "SetNamedSecurityInfoA"); | |
595 pGetNamedSecurityInfo = (PGNSECINFO)GetProcAddress(advapi_lib, | |
596 "GetNamedSecurityInfoA"); | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
597 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
598 pSetNamedSecurityInfoW = (PSNSECINFOW)GetProcAddress(advapi_lib, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
599 "SetNamedSecurityInfoW"); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
600 pGetNamedSecurityInfoW = (PGNSECINFOW)GetProcAddress(advapi_lib, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
601 "GetNamedSecurityInfoW"); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
602 # endif |
7 | 603 if (pSetNamedSecurityInfo == NULL |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
604 || pGetNamedSecurityInfo == NULL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
605 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
606 || pSetNamedSecurityInfoW == NULL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
607 || pGetNamedSecurityInfoW == NULL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
608 # endif |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
609 ) |
7 | 610 { |
611 /* If we can't get the function addresses, set advapi_lib | |
612 * to NULL so that we don't use them. */ | |
613 FreeLibrary(advapi_lib); | |
614 advapi_lib = NULL; | |
615 } | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
616 /* Enable privilege for getting or setting SACLs. */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
617 win32_enable_privilege(SE_SECURITY_NAME, TRUE); |
7 | 618 } |
619 } | |
620 #endif | |
2935 | 621 /* |
622 * If we are on windows NT, try to load the pipe functions, only | |
623 * available from Win2K. | |
624 */ | |
625 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) | |
626 { | |
627 HANDLE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle("kernel32"); | |
628 pSetHandleInformation = (PSETHANDLEINFORMATION)GetProcAddress( | |
629 kernel32, "SetHandleInformation"); | |
630 | |
631 allowPiping = pSetHandleInformation != NULL; | |
632 } | |
7 | 633 done = TRUE; |
634 } | |
635 } | |
636 | |
637 /* | |
638 * Return TRUE when running on Windows 95 (or 98 or ME). | |
639 * Only to be used after mch_init(). | |
640 */ | |
641 int | |
642 mch_windows95(void) | |
643 { | |
644 return g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS; | |
645 } | |
646 | |
647 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
648 /* | |
649 * Used to work around the "can't do synchronous spawn" | |
650 * problem on Win32s, without resorting to Universal Thunk. | |
651 */ | |
652 static int old_num_windows; | |
653 static int num_windows; | |
654 | |
323 | 655 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 656 static BOOL CALLBACK |
657 win32ssynch_cb(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lparam) | |
658 { | |
659 num_windows++; | |
660 return TRUE; | |
661 } | |
662 #endif | |
663 | |
664 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
665 | |
666 #define SHIFT (SHIFT_PRESSED) | |
667 #define CTRL (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) | |
668 #define ALT (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED) | |
669 #define ALT_GR (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) | |
670 | |
671 | |
672 /* When uChar.AsciiChar is 0, then we need to look at wVirtualKeyCode. | |
673 * We map function keys to their ANSI terminal equivalents, as produced | |
674 * by ANSI.SYS, for compatibility with the MS-DOS version of Vim. Any | |
675 * ANSI key with a value >= '\300' is nonstandard, but provided anyway | |
676 * so that the user can have access to all SHIFT-, CTRL-, and ALT- | |
677 * combinations of function/arrow/etc keys. | |
678 */ | |
679 | |
297 | 680 static const struct |
7 | 681 { |
682 WORD wVirtKey; | |
683 BOOL fAnsiKey; | |
684 int chAlone; | |
685 int chShift; | |
686 int chCtrl; | |
687 int chAlt; | |
688 } VirtKeyMap[] = | |
689 { | |
690 | |
691 /* Key ANSI alone shift ctrl alt */ | |
692 { VK_ESCAPE,FALSE, ESC, ESC, ESC, ESC, }, | |
693 | |
694 { VK_F1, TRUE, ';', 'T', '^', 'h', }, | |
695 { VK_F2, TRUE, '<', 'U', '_', 'i', }, | |
696 { VK_F3, TRUE, '=', 'V', '`', 'j', }, | |
697 { VK_F4, TRUE, '>', 'W', 'a', 'k', }, | |
698 { VK_F5, TRUE, '?', 'X', 'b', 'l', }, | |
699 { VK_F6, TRUE, '@', 'Y', 'c', 'm', }, | |
700 { VK_F7, TRUE, 'A', 'Z', 'd', 'n', }, | |
701 { VK_F8, TRUE, 'B', '[', 'e', 'o', }, | |
702 { VK_F9, TRUE, 'C', '\\', 'f', 'p', }, | |
703 { VK_F10, TRUE, 'D', ']', 'g', 'q', }, | |
704 { VK_F11, TRUE, '\205', '\207', '\211', '\213', }, | |
705 { VK_F12, TRUE, '\206', '\210', '\212', '\214', }, | |
706 | |
707 { VK_HOME, TRUE, 'G', '\302', 'w', '\303', }, | |
708 { VK_UP, TRUE, 'H', '\304', '\305', '\306', }, | |
709 { VK_PRIOR, TRUE, 'I', '\307', '\204', '\310', }, /*PgUp*/ | |
710 { VK_LEFT, TRUE, 'K', '\311', 's', '\312', }, | |
711 { VK_RIGHT, TRUE, 'M', '\313', 't', '\314', }, | |
712 { VK_END, TRUE, 'O', '\315', 'u', '\316', }, | |
713 { VK_DOWN, TRUE, 'P', '\317', '\320', '\321', }, | |
714 { VK_NEXT, TRUE, 'Q', '\322', 'v', '\323', }, /*PgDn*/ | |
715 { VK_INSERT,TRUE, 'R', '\324', '\325', '\326', }, | |
716 { VK_DELETE,TRUE, 'S', '\327', '\330', '\331', }, | |
717 | |
718 { VK_SNAPSHOT,TRUE, 0, 0, 0, 'r', }, /*PrtScrn*/ | |
719 | |
720 #if 0 | |
721 /* Most people don't have F13-F20, but what the hell... */ | |
722 { VK_F13, TRUE, '\332', '\333', '\334', '\335', }, | |
723 { VK_F14, TRUE, '\336', '\337', '\340', '\341', }, | |
724 { VK_F15, TRUE, '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', }, | |
725 { VK_F16, TRUE, '\346', '\347', '\350', '\351', }, | |
726 { VK_F17, TRUE, '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', }, | |
727 { VK_F18, TRUE, '\356', '\357', '\360', '\361', }, | |
728 { VK_F19, TRUE, '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', }, | |
729 { VK_F20, TRUE, '\366', '\367', '\370', '\371', }, | |
730 #endif | |
731 { VK_ADD, TRUE, 'N', 'N', 'N', 'N', }, /* keyp '+' */ | |
732 { VK_SUBTRACT, TRUE,'J', 'J', 'J', 'J', }, /* keyp '-' */ | |
733 /* { VK_DIVIDE, TRUE,'N', 'N', 'N', 'N', }, keyp '/' */ | |
734 { VK_MULTIPLY, TRUE,'7', '7', '7', '7', }, /* keyp '*' */ | |
735 | |
736 { VK_NUMPAD0,TRUE, '\332', '\333', '\334', '\335', }, | |
737 { VK_NUMPAD1,TRUE, '\336', '\337', '\340', '\341', }, | |
738 { VK_NUMPAD2,TRUE, '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', }, | |
739 { VK_NUMPAD3,TRUE, '\346', '\347', '\350', '\351', }, | |
740 { VK_NUMPAD4,TRUE, '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', }, | |
741 { VK_NUMPAD5,TRUE, '\356', '\357', '\360', '\361', }, | |
742 { VK_NUMPAD6,TRUE, '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', }, | |
743 { VK_NUMPAD7,TRUE, '\366', '\367', '\370', '\371', }, | |
744 { VK_NUMPAD8,TRUE, '\372', '\373', '\374', '\375', }, | |
745 /* Sorry, out of number space! <negri>*/ | |
746 { VK_NUMPAD9,TRUE, '\376', '\377', '\377', '\367', }, | |
747 | |
748 }; | |
749 | |
750 | |
751 #ifdef _MSC_VER | |
752 // The ToAscii bug destroys several registers. Need to turn off optimization | |
753 // or the GetConsoleKeyboardLayoutName hack will fail in non-debug versions | |
797 | 754 # pragma warning(push) |
755 # pragma warning(disable: 4748) | |
7 | 756 # pragma optimize("", off) |
757 #endif | |
758 | |
759 #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) | |
760 # define AChar AsciiChar | |
761 #else | |
762 # define AChar uChar.AsciiChar | |
763 #endif | |
764 | |
765 /* The return code indicates key code size. */ | |
766 static int | |
767 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
768 __stdcall | |
769 #endif | |
770 win32_kbd_patch_key( | |
26 | 771 KEY_EVENT_RECORD *pker) |
7 | 772 { |
773 UINT uMods = pker->dwControlKeyState; | |
774 static int s_iIsDead = 0; | |
775 static WORD awAnsiCode[2]; | |
776 static BYTE abKeystate[256]; | |
777 | |
778 | |
779 if (s_iIsDead == 2) | |
780 { | |
781 pker->AChar = (CHAR) awAnsiCode[1]; | |
782 s_iIsDead = 0; | |
783 return 1; | |
784 } | |
785 | |
786 if (pker->AChar != 0) | |
787 return 1; | |
788 | |
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1752
diff
changeset
|
789 vim_memset(abKeystate, 0, sizeof (abKeystate)); |
7 | 790 |
791 // Should only be non-NULL on NT 4.0 | |
792 if (s_pfnGetConsoleKeyboardLayoutName != NULL) | |
793 { | |
794 CHAR szKLID[KL_NAMELENGTH]; | |
795 | |
796 if ((*s_pfnGetConsoleKeyboardLayoutName)(szKLID)) | |
797 (void)LoadKeyboardLayout(szKLID, KLF_ACTIVATE); | |
798 } | |
799 | |
800 /* Clear any pending dead keys */ | |
801 ToAscii(VK_SPACE, MapVirtualKey(VK_SPACE, 0), abKeystate, awAnsiCode, 0); | |
802 | |
803 if (uMods & SHIFT_PRESSED) | |
804 abKeystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80; | |
805 if (uMods & CAPSLOCK_ON) | |
806 abKeystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1; | |
807 | |
808 if ((uMods & ALT_GR) == ALT_GR) | |
809 { | |
810 abKeystate[VK_CONTROL] = abKeystate[VK_LCONTROL] = | |
811 abKeystate[VK_MENU] = abKeystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80; | |
812 } | |
813 | |
814 s_iIsDead = ToAscii(pker->wVirtualKeyCode, pker->wVirtualScanCode, | |
815 abKeystate, awAnsiCode, 0); | |
816 | |
817 if (s_iIsDead > 0) | |
818 pker->AChar = (CHAR) awAnsiCode[0]; | |
819 | |
820 return s_iIsDead; | |
821 } | |
822 | |
823 #ifdef _MSC_VER | |
824 /* MUST switch optimization on again here, otherwise a call to | |
825 * decode_key_event() may crash (e.g. when hitting caps-lock) */ | |
826 # pragma optimize("", on) | |
797 | 827 # pragma warning(pop) |
7 | 828 |
829 # if (_MSC_VER < 1100) | |
830 /* MUST turn off global optimisation for this next function, or | |
831 * pressing ctrl-minus in insert mode crashes Vim when built with | |
832 * VC4.1. -- negri. */ | |
833 # pragma optimize("g", off) | |
834 # endif | |
835 #endif | |
836 | |
837 static BOOL g_fJustGotFocus = FALSE; | |
838 | |
839 /* | |
840 * Decode a KEY_EVENT into one or two keystrokes | |
841 */ | |
842 static BOOL | |
843 decode_key_event( | |
844 KEY_EVENT_RECORD *pker, | |
845 char_u *pch, | |
846 char_u *pch2, | |
847 int *pmodifiers, | |
848 BOOL fDoPost) | |
849 { | |
850 int i; | |
851 const int nModifs = pker->dwControlKeyState & (SHIFT | ALT | CTRL); | |
852 | |
853 *pch = *pch2 = NUL; | |
854 g_fJustGotFocus = FALSE; | |
855 | |
856 /* ignore key up events */ | |
857 if (!pker->bKeyDown) | |
858 return FALSE; | |
859 | |
860 /* ignore some keystrokes */ | |
861 switch (pker->wVirtualKeyCode) | |
862 { | |
863 /* modifiers */ | |
864 case VK_SHIFT: | |
865 case VK_CONTROL: | |
866 case VK_MENU: /* Alt key */ | |
867 return FALSE; | |
868 | |
869 default: | |
870 break; | |
871 } | |
872 | |
873 /* special cases */ | |
874 if ((nModifs & CTRL) != 0 && (nModifs & ~CTRL) == 0 && pker->AChar == NUL) | |
875 { | |
876 /* Ctrl-6 is Ctrl-^ */ | |
877 if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == '6') | |
878 { | |
879 *pch = Ctrl_HAT; | |
880 return TRUE; | |
881 } | |
882 /* Ctrl-2 is Ctrl-@ */ | |
883 else if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == '2') | |
884 { | |
885 *pch = NUL; | |
886 return TRUE; | |
887 } | |
888 /* Ctrl-- is Ctrl-_ */ | |
889 else if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == 0xBD) | |
890 { | |
891 *pch = Ctrl__; | |
892 return TRUE; | |
893 } | |
894 } | |
895 | |
896 /* Shift-TAB */ | |
897 if (pker->wVirtualKeyCode == VK_TAB && (nModifs & SHIFT_PRESSED)) | |
898 { | |
899 *pch = K_NUL; | |
900 *pch2 = '\017'; | |
901 return TRUE; | |
902 } | |
903 | |
904 for (i = sizeof(VirtKeyMap) / sizeof(VirtKeyMap[0]); --i >= 0; ) | |
905 { | |
906 if (VirtKeyMap[i].wVirtKey == pker->wVirtualKeyCode) | |
907 { | |
908 if (nModifs == 0) | |
909 *pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chAlone; | |
910 else if ((nModifs & SHIFT) != 0 && (nModifs & ~SHIFT) == 0) | |
911 *pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chShift; | |
912 else if ((nModifs & CTRL) != 0 && (nModifs & ~CTRL) == 0) | |
913 *pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chCtrl; | |
914 else if ((nModifs & ALT) != 0 && (nModifs & ~ALT) == 0) | |
915 *pch = VirtKeyMap[i].chAlt; | |
916 | |
917 if (*pch != 0) | |
918 { | |
919 if (VirtKeyMap[i].fAnsiKey) | |
920 { | |
921 *pch2 = *pch; | |
922 *pch = K_NUL; | |
923 } | |
924 | |
925 return TRUE; | |
926 } | |
927 } | |
928 } | |
929 | |
930 i = win32_kbd_patch_key(pker); | |
931 | |
932 if (i < 0) | |
933 *pch = NUL; | |
934 else | |
935 { | |
936 *pch = (i > 0) ? pker->AChar : NUL; | |
937 | |
938 if (pmodifiers != NULL) | |
939 { | |
940 /* Pass on the ALT key as a modifier, but only when not combined | |
941 * with CTRL (which is ALTGR). */ | |
942 if ((nModifs & ALT) != 0 && (nModifs & CTRL) == 0) | |
943 *pmodifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
944 | |
945 /* Pass on SHIFT only for special keys, because we don't know when | |
946 * it's already included with the character. */ | |
947 if ((nModifs & SHIFT) != 0 && *pch <= 0x20) | |
948 *pmodifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
949 | |
950 /* Pass on CTRL only for non-special keys, because we don't know | |
951 * when it's already included with the character. And not when | |
952 * combined with ALT (which is ALTGR). */ | |
953 if ((nModifs & CTRL) != 0 && (nModifs & ALT) == 0 | |
954 && *pch >= 0x20 && *pch < 0x80) | |
955 *pmodifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
956 } | |
957 } | |
958 | |
959 return (*pch != NUL); | |
960 } | |
961 | |
962 #ifdef _MSC_VER | |
963 # pragma optimize("", on) | |
964 #endif | |
965 | |
966 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
967 | |
968 | |
969 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
970 | |
971 /* | |
972 * For the GUI the mouse handling is in gui_w32.c. | |
973 */ | |
974 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
323 | 975 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 976 void |
26 | 977 mch_setmouse(int on) |
7 | 978 { |
979 } | |
980 # else | |
981 static int g_fMouseAvail = FALSE; /* mouse present */ | |
982 static int g_fMouseActive = FALSE; /* mouse enabled */ | |
983 static int g_nMouseClick = -1; /* mouse status */ | |
984 static int g_xMouse; /* mouse x coordinate */ | |
985 static int g_yMouse; /* mouse y coordinate */ | |
986 | |
987 /* | |
988 * Enable or disable mouse input | |
989 */ | |
990 void | |
26 | 991 mch_setmouse(int on) |
7 | 992 { |
993 DWORD cmodein; | |
994 | |
995 if (!g_fMouseAvail) | |
996 return; | |
997 | |
998 g_fMouseActive = on; | |
999 GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein); | |
1000 | |
1001 if (g_fMouseActive) | |
1002 cmodein |= ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT; | |
1003 else | |
1004 cmodein &= ~ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT; | |
1005 | |
1006 SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein); | |
1007 } | |
1008 | |
1009 | |
1010 /* | |
1011 * Decode a MOUSE_EVENT. If it's a valid event, return MOUSE_LEFT, | |
1012 * MOUSE_MIDDLE, or MOUSE_RIGHT for a click; MOUSE_DRAG for a mouse | |
1013 * move with a button held down; and MOUSE_RELEASE after a MOUSE_DRAG | |
1014 * or a MOUSE_LEFT, _MIDDLE, or _RIGHT. We encode the button type, | |
1015 * the number of clicks, and the Shift/Ctrl/Alt modifiers in g_nMouseClick, | |
1016 * and we return the mouse position in g_xMouse and g_yMouse. | |
1017 * | |
1018 * Every MOUSE_LEFT, _MIDDLE, or _RIGHT will be followed by zero or more | |
1019 * MOUSE_DRAGs and one MOUSE_RELEASE. MOUSE_RELEASE will be followed only | |
1020 * by MOUSE_LEFT, _MIDDLE, or _RIGHT. | |
1021 * | |
1022 * For multiple clicks, we send, say, MOUSE_LEFT/1 click, MOUSE_RELEASE, | |
1023 * MOUSE_LEFT/2 clicks, MOUSE_RELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT/3 clicks, MOUSE_RELEASE, .... | |
1024 * | |
1025 * Windows will send us MOUSE_MOVED notifications whenever the mouse | |
1026 * moves, even if it stays within the same character cell. We ignore | |
1027 * all MOUSE_MOVED messages if the position hasn't really changed, and | |
1028 * we ignore all MOUSE_MOVED messages where no button is held down (i.e., | |
1029 * we're only interested in MOUSE_DRAG). | |
1030 * | |
1031 * All of this is complicated by the code that fakes MOUSE_MIDDLE on | |
1032 * 2-button mouses by pressing the left & right buttons simultaneously. | |
1033 * In practice, it's almost impossible to click both at the same time, | |
1034 * so we need to delay a little. Also, we tend not to get MOUSE_RELEASE | |
1035 * in such cases, if the user is clicking quickly. | |
1036 */ | |
1037 static BOOL | |
1038 decode_mouse_event( | |
26 | 1039 MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD *pmer) |
7 | 1040 { |
1041 static int s_nOldButton = -1; | |
1042 static int s_nOldMouseClick = -1; | |
1043 static int s_xOldMouse = -1; | |
1044 static int s_yOldMouse = -1; | |
1045 static linenr_T s_old_topline = 0; | |
1046 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1047 static int s_old_topfill = 0; | |
1048 #endif | |
1049 static int s_cClicks = 1; | |
1050 static BOOL s_fReleased = TRUE; | |
1051 static DWORD s_dwLastClickTime = 0; | |
1052 static BOOL s_fNextIsMiddle = FALSE; | |
1053 | |
1054 static DWORD cButtons = 0; /* number of buttons supported */ | |
1055 | |
1056 const DWORD LEFT = FROM_LEFT_1ST_BUTTON_PRESSED; | |
1057 const DWORD MIDDLE = FROM_LEFT_2ND_BUTTON_PRESSED; | |
1058 const DWORD RIGHT = RIGHTMOST_BUTTON_PRESSED; | |
1059 const DWORD LEFT_RIGHT = LEFT | RIGHT; | |
1060 | |
1061 int nButton; | |
1062 | |
1063 if (cButtons == 0 && !GetNumberOfConsoleMouseButtons(&cButtons)) | |
1064 cButtons = 2; | |
1065 | |
1066 if (!g_fMouseAvail || !g_fMouseActive) | |
1067 { | |
1068 g_nMouseClick = -1; | |
1069 return FALSE; | |
1070 } | |
1071 | |
1072 /* get a spurious MOUSE_EVENT immediately after receiving focus; ignore */ | |
1073 if (g_fJustGotFocus) | |
1074 { | |
1075 g_fJustGotFocus = FALSE; | |
1076 return FALSE; | |
1077 } | |
1078 | |
1079 /* unprocessed mouse click? */ | |
1080 if (g_nMouseClick != -1) | |
1081 return TRUE; | |
1082 | |
1083 nButton = -1; | |
1084 g_xMouse = pmer->dwMousePosition.X; | |
1085 g_yMouse = pmer->dwMousePosition.Y; | |
1086 | |
1087 if (pmer->dwEventFlags == MOUSE_MOVED) | |
1088 { | |
1089 /* ignore MOUSE_MOVED events if (x, y) hasn't changed. (We get these | |
1090 * events even when the mouse moves only within a char cell.) */ | |
1091 if (s_xOldMouse == g_xMouse && s_yOldMouse == g_yMouse) | |
1092 return FALSE; | |
1093 } | |
1094 | |
1095 /* If no buttons are pressed... */ | |
1096 if ((pmer->dwButtonState & ((1 << cButtons) - 1)) == 0) | |
1097 { | |
1098 /* If the last thing returned was MOUSE_RELEASE, ignore this */ | |
1099 if (s_fReleased) | |
1100 return FALSE; | |
1101 | |
1102 nButton = MOUSE_RELEASE; | |
1103 s_fReleased = TRUE; | |
1104 } | |
1105 else /* one or more buttons pressed */ | |
1106 { | |
1107 /* on a 2-button mouse, hold down left and right buttons | |
1108 * simultaneously to get MIDDLE. */ | |
1109 | |
1110 if (cButtons == 2 && s_nOldButton != MOUSE_DRAG) | |
1111 { | |
1112 DWORD dwLR = (pmer->dwButtonState & LEFT_RIGHT); | |
1113 | |
1114 /* if either left or right button only is pressed, see if the | |
4352 | 1115 * next mouse event has both of them pressed */ |
7 | 1116 if (dwLR == LEFT || dwLR == RIGHT) |
1117 { | |
1118 for (;;) | |
1119 { | |
1120 /* wait a short time for next input event */ | |
1121 if (WaitForSingleObject(g_hConIn, p_mouset / 3) | |
1122 != WAIT_OBJECT_0) | |
1123 break; | |
1124 else | |
1125 { | |
1126 DWORD cRecords = 0; | |
1127 INPUT_RECORD ir; | |
1128 MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD* pmer2 = &ir.Event.MouseEvent; | |
1129 | |
1130 PeekConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1131 | |
1132 if (cRecords == 0 || ir.EventType != MOUSE_EVENT | |
1133 || !(pmer2->dwButtonState & LEFT_RIGHT)) | |
1134 break; | |
1135 else | |
1136 { | |
1137 if (pmer2->dwEventFlags != MOUSE_MOVED) | |
1138 { | |
1139 ReadConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1140 | |
1141 return decode_mouse_event(pmer2); | |
1142 } | |
1143 else if (s_xOldMouse == pmer2->dwMousePosition.X && | |
1144 s_yOldMouse == pmer2->dwMousePosition.Y) | |
1145 { | |
1146 /* throw away spurious mouse move */ | |
1147 ReadConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1148 | |
1149 /* are there any more mouse events in queue? */ | |
1150 PeekConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1151 | |
1152 if (cRecords==0 || ir.EventType != MOUSE_EVENT) | |
1153 break; | |
1154 } | |
1155 else | |
1156 break; | |
1157 } | |
1158 } | |
1159 } | |
1160 } | |
1161 } | |
1162 | |
1163 if (s_fNextIsMiddle) | |
1164 { | |
1165 nButton = (pmer->dwEventFlags == MOUSE_MOVED) | |
1166 ? MOUSE_DRAG : MOUSE_MIDDLE; | |
1167 s_fNextIsMiddle = FALSE; | |
1168 } | |
1169 else if (cButtons == 2 && | |
1170 ((pmer->dwButtonState & LEFT_RIGHT) == LEFT_RIGHT)) | |
1171 { | |
1172 nButton = MOUSE_MIDDLE; | |
1173 | |
1174 if (! s_fReleased && pmer->dwEventFlags != MOUSE_MOVED) | |
1175 { | |
1176 s_fNextIsMiddle = TRUE; | |
1177 nButton = MOUSE_RELEASE; | |
1178 } | |
1179 } | |
1180 else if ((pmer->dwButtonState & LEFT) == LEFT) | |
1181 nButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
1182 else if ((pmer->dwButtonState & MIDDLE) == MIDDLE) | |
1183 nButton = MOUSE_MIDDLE; | |
1184 else if ((pmer->dwButtonState & RIGHT) == RIGHT) | |
1185 nButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
1186 | |
1187 if (! s_fReleased && ! s_fNextIsMiddle | |
1188 && nButton != s_nOldButton && s_nOldButton != MOUSE_DRAG) | |
1189 return FALSE; | |
1190 | |
1191 s_fReleased = s_fNextIsMiddle; | |
1192 } | |
1193 | |
1194 if (pmer->dwEventFlags == 0 || pmer->dwEventFlags == DOUBLE_CLICK) | |
1195 { | |
1196 /* button pressed or released, without mouse moving */ | |
1197 if (nButton != -1 && nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE) | |
1198 { | |
1199 DWORD dwCurrentTime = GetTickCount(); | |
1200 | |
1201 if (s_xOldMouse != g_xMouse | |
1202 || s_yOldMouse != g_yMouse | |
1203 || s_nOldButton != nButton | |
1204 || s_old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
1205 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1206 || s_old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
1207 #endif | |
1208 || (int)(dwCurrentTime - s_dwLastClickTime) > p_mouset) | |
1209 { | |
1210 s_cClicks = 1; | |
1211 } | |
1212 else if (++s_cClicks > 4) | |
1213 { | |
1214 s_cClicks = 1; | |
1215 } | |
1216 | |
1217 s_dwLastClickTime = dwCurrentTime; | |
1218 } | |
1219 } | |
1220 else if (pmer->dwEventFlags == MOUSE_MOVED) | |
1221 { | |
1222 if (nButton != -1 && nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE) | |
1223 nButton = MOUSE_DRAG; | |
1224 | |
1225 s_cClicks = 1; | |
1226 } | |
1227 | |
1228 if (nButton == -1) | |
1229 return FALSE; | |
1230 | |
1231 if (nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE) | |
1232 s_nOldButton = nButton; | |
1233 | |
1234 g_nMouseClick = nButton; | |
1235 | |
1236 if (pmer->dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED) | |
1237 g_nMouseClick |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
1238 if (pmer->dwControlKeyState & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED)) | |
1239 g_nMouseClick |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
1240 if (pmer->dwControlKeyState & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED)) | |
1241 g_nMouseClick |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
1242 | |
1243 if (nButton != MOUSE_DRAG && nButton != MOUSE_RELEASE) | |
1244 SET_NUM_MOUSE_CLICKS(g_nMouseClick, s_cClicks); | |
1245 | |
1246 /* only pass on interesting (i.e., different) mouse events */ | |
1247 if (s_xOldMouse == g_xMouse | |
1248 && s_yOldMouse == g_yMouse | |
1249 && s_nOldMouseClick == g_nMouseClick) | |
1250 { | |
1251 g_nMouseClick = -1; | |
1252 return FALSE; | |
1253 } | |
1254 | |
1255 s_xOldMouse = g_xMouse; | |
1256 s_yOldMouse = g_yMouse; | |
1257 s_old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
1258 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1259 s_old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
1260 #endif | |
1261 s_nOldMouseClick = g_nMouseClick; | |
1262 | |
1263 return TRUE; | |
1264 } | |
1265 | |
1266 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1267 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
1268 | |
1269 | |
1270 #ifdef MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE | |
1271 /* | |
1272 * Set the shape of the cursor. | |
1273 * 'thickness' can be from 1 (thin) to 99 (block) | |
1274 */ | |
1275 static void | |
1276 mch_set_cursor_shape(int thickness) | |
1277 { | |
1278 CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ConsoleCursorInfo; | |
1279 ConsoleCursorInfo.dwSize = thickness; | |
1280 ConsoleCursorInfo.bVisible = s_cursor_visible; | |
1281 | |
1282 SetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &ConsoleCursorInfo); | |
1283 if (s_cursor_visible) | |
1284 SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, g_coord); | |
1285 } | |
1286 | |
1287 void | |
1288 mch_update_cursor(void) | |
1289 { | |
1290 int idx; | |
1291 int thickness; | |
1292 | |
1293 /* | |
1294 * How the cursor is drawn depends on the current mode. | |
1295 */ | |
1296 idx = get_shape_idx(FALSE); | |
1297 | |
1298 if (shape_table[idx].shape == SHAPE_BLOCK) | |
1299 thickness = 99; /* 100 doesn't work on W95 */ | |
1300 else | |
1301 thickness = shape_table[idx].percentage; | |
1302 mch_set_cursor_shape(thickness); | |
1303 } | |
1304 #endif | |
1305 | |
1306 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 /* this isn't used for the GUI */ | |
1307 /* | |
1308 * Handle FOCUS_EVENT. | |
1309 */ | |
1310 static void | |
1311 handle_focus_event(INPUT_RECORD ir) | |
1312 { | |
1313 g_fJustGotFocus = ir.Event.FocusEvent.bSetFocus; | |
1314 ui_focus_change((int)g_fJustGotFocus); | |
1315 } | |
1316 | |
1317 /* | |
1318 * Wait until console input from keyboard or mouse is available, | |
1319 * or the time is up. | |
1320 * Return TRUE if something is available FALSE if not. | |
1321 */ | |
1322 static int | |
1323 WaitForChar(long msec) | |
1324 { | |
1325 DWORD dwNow = 0, dwEndTime = 0; | |
1326 INPUT_RECORD ir; | |
1327 DWORD cRecords; | |
1328 char_u ch, ch2; | |
1329 | |
1330 if (msec > 0) | |
1331 /* Wait until the specified time has elapsed. */ | |
1332 dwEndTime = GetTickCount() + msec; | |
1333 else if (msec < 0) | |
1334 /* Wait forever. */ | |
1335 dwEndTime = INFINITE; | |
1336 | |
1337 /* We need to loop until the end of the time period, because | |
1338 * we might get multiple unusable mouse events in that time. | |
1339 */ | |
1340 for (;;) | |
1341 { | |
14 | 1342 #ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME |
1343 mzvim_check_threads(); | |
1344 #endif | |
7 | 1345 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER |
1346 serverProcessPendingMessages(); | |
1347 #endif | |
1348 if (0 | |
1349 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
1350 || g_nMouseClick != -1 | |
1351 #endif | |
1352 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER | |
1353 || input_available() | |
1354 #endif | |
1355 ) | |
1356 return TRUE; | |
1357 | |
1358 if (msec > 0) | |
1359 { | |
5292
d5d6b78cff09
updated for version 7.4b.022
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5229
diff
changeset
|
1360 /* If the specified wait time has passed, return. Beware that |
d5d6b78cff09
updated for version 7.4b.022
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5229
diff
changeset
|
1361 * GetTickCount() may wrap around (overflow). */ |
7 | 1362 dwNow = GetTickCount(); |
5292
d5d6b78cff09
updated for version 7.4b.022
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5229
diff
changeset
|
1363 if ((int)(dwNow - dwEndTime) >= 0) |
7 | 1364 break; |
1365 } | |
1366 if (msec != 0) | |
1367 { | |
14 | 1368 DWORD dwWaitTime = dwEndTime - dwNow; |
1369 | |
1370 #ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME | |
1371 if (mzthreads_allowed() && p_mzq > 0 | |
1372 && (msec < 0 || (long)dwWaitTime > p_mzq)) | |
1373 dwWaitTime = p_mzq; /* don't wait longer than 'mzquantum' */ | |
1374 #endif | |
7 | 1375 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER |
1376 /* Wait for either an event on the console input or a message in | |
1377 * the client-server window. */ | |
1378 if (MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(1, &g_hConIn, FALSE, | |
14 | 1379 dwWaitTime, QS_SENDMESSAGE) != WAIT_OBJECT_0) |
7 | 1380 #else |
14 | 1381 if (WaitForSingleObject(g_hConIn, dwWaitTime) != WAIT_OBJECT_0) |
7 | 1382 #endif |
1383 continue; | |
1384 } | |
1385 | |
1386 cRecords = 0; | |
1387 PeekConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1388 | |
1389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME | |
1390 if (State & CMDLINE && msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
1391 { | |
1392 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; | |
1393 | |
1394 if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi)) | |
1395 { | |
1396 if (csbi.dwCursorPosition.Y != msg_row) | |
1397 { | |
1398 /* The screen is now messed up, must redraw the | |
1399 * command line and later all the windows. */ | |
1400 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
1401 cmdline_row -= (msg_row - csbi.dwCursorPosition.Y); | |
1402 redrawcmd(); | |
1403 } | |
1404 } | |
1405 } | |
1406 #endif | |
1407 | |
1408 if (cRecords > 0) | |
1409 { | |
1410 if (ir.EventType == KEY_EVENT && ir.Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown) | |
1411 { | |
1412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME | |
1413 /* Windows IME sends two '\n's with only one 'ENTER'. First: | |
1414 * wVirtualKeyCode == 13. second: wVirtualKeyCode == 0 */ | |
1415 if (ir.Event.KeyEvent.uChar.UnicodeChar == 0 | |
1416 && ir.Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode == 13) | |
1417 { | |
1418 ReadConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1419 continue; | |
1420 } | |
1421 #endif | |
1422 if (decode_key_event(&ir.Event.KeyEvent, &ch, &ch2, | |
1423 NULL, FALSE)) | |
1424 return TRUE; | |
1425 } | |
1426 | |
1427 ReadConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords); | |
1428 | |
1429 if (ir.EventType == FOCUS_EVENT) | |
1430 handle_focus_event(ir); | |
1431 else if (ir.EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT) | |
1432 shell_resized(); | |
1433 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
1434 else if (ir.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT | |
1435 && decode_mouse_event(&ir.Event.MouseEvent)) | |
1436 return TRUE; | |
1437 #endif | |
1438 } | |
1439 else if (msec == 0) | |
1440 break; | |
1441 } | |
1442 | |
1443 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER | |
1444 /* Something might have been received while we were waiting. */ | |
1445 if (input_available()) | |
1446 return TRUE; | |
1447 #endif | |
1448 return FALSE; | |
1449 } | |
1450 | |
1451 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1452 /* | |
1453 * return non-zero if a character is available | |
1454 */ | |
1455 int | |
26 | 1456 mch_char_avail(void) |
7 | 1457 { |
1458 return WaitForChar(0L); | |
1459 } | |
1460 #endif | |
1461 | |
1462 /* | |
1463 * Create the console input. Used when reading stdin doesn't work. | |
1464 */ | |
1465 static void | |
1466 create_conin(void) | |
1467 { | |
1468 g_hConIn = CreateFile("CONIN$", GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE, | |
1469 FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, | |
1470 (LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES) NULL, | |
840 | 1471 OPEN_EXISTING, 0, (HANDLE)NULL); |
7 | 1472 did_create_conin = TRUE; |
1473 } | |
1474 | |
1475 /* | |
1476 * Get a keystroke or a mouse event | |
1477 */ | |
1478 static char_u | |
1479 tgetch(int *pmodifiers, char_u *pch2) | |
1480 { | |
1481 char_u ch; | |
1482 | |
1483 for (;;) | |
1484 { | |
1485 INPUT_RECORD ir; | |
1486 DWORD cRecords = 0; | |
1487 | |
1488 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER | |
1489 (void)WaitForChar(-1L); | |
1490 if (input_available()) | |
1491 return 0; | |
1492 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
1493 if (g_nMouseClick != -1) | |
1494 return 0; | |
1495 # endif | |
1496 #endif | |
1497 if (ReadConsoleInput(g_hConIn, &ir, 1, &cRecords) == 0) | |
1498 { | |
1499 if (did_create_conin) | |
1500 read_error_exit(); | |
1501 create_conin(); | |
1502 continue; | |
1503 } | |
1504 | |
1505 if (ir.EventType == KEY_EVENT) | |
1506 { | |
1507 if (decode_key_event(&ir.Event.KeyEvent, &ch, pch2, | |
1508 pmodifiers, TRUE)) | |
1509 return ch; | |
1510 } | |
1511 else if (ir.EventType == FOCUS_EVENT) | |
1512 handle_focus_event(ir); | |
1513 else if (ir.EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT) | |
1514 shell_resized(); | |
1515 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
1516 else if (ir.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT) | |
1517 { | |
1518 if (decode_mouse_event(&ir.Event.MouseEvent)) | |
1519 return 0; | |
1520 } | |
1521 #endif | |
1522 } | |
1523 } | |
1524 #endif /* !FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1525 | |
1526 | |
1527 /* | |
3622 | 1528 * mch_inchar(): low-level input function. |
7 | 1529 * Get one or more characters from the keyboard or the mouse. |
1530 * If time == 0, do not wait for characters. | |
1531 * If time == n, wait a short time for characters. | |
1532 * If time == -1, wait forever for characters. | |
1533 * Returns the number of characters read into buf. | |
1534 */ | |
344 | 1535 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 1536 int |
1537 mch_inchar( | |
1538 char_u *buf, | |
1539 int maxlen, | |
1540 long time, | |
1541 int tb_change_cnt) | |
1542 { | |
1543 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 /* this isn't used for the GUI */ | |
1544 | |
1545 int len; | |
1546 int c; | |
1547 #define TYPEAHEADLEN 20 | |
1548 static char_u typeahead[TYPEAHEADLEN]; /* previously typed bytes. */ | |
1549 static int typeaheadlen = 0; | |
4122 | 1550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1551 static char_u *rest = NULL; /* unconverted rest of previous read */ | |
1552 static int restlen = 0; | |
1553 int unconverted; | |
1554 #endif | |
7 | 1555 |
1556 /* First use any typeahead that was kept because "buf" was too small. */ | |
1557 if (typeaheadlen > 0) | |
1558 goto theend; | |
1559 | |
1560 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF | |
1561 if (want_sniff_request) | |
1562 { | |
1563 if (sniff_request_waiting) | |
1564 { | |
1565 /* return K_SNIFF */ | |
1566 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = CSI; | |
1567 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = (char_u)KS_EXTRA; | |
1568 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = (char_u)KE_SNIFF; | |
1569 sniff_request_waiting = 0; | |
1570 want_sniff_request = 0; | |
1571 goto theend; | |
1572 } | |
1573 else if (time < 0 || time > 250) | |
1574 { | |
1575 /* don't wait too long, a request might be pending */ | |
1576 time = 250; | |
1577 } | |
1578 } | |
1579 #endif | |
1580 | |
1581 if (time >= 0) | |
1582 { | |
1583 if (!WaitForChar(time)) /* no character available */ | |
1584 return 0; | |
1585 } | |
1586 else /* time == -1, wait forever */ | |
1587 { | |
1588 mch_set_winsize_now(); /* Allow winsize changes from now on */ | |
1589 | |
203 | 1590 /* |
1591 * If there is no character available within 2 seconds (default) | |
1592 * write the autoscript file to disk. Or cause the CursorHold event | |
1593 * to be triggered. | |
1594 */ | |
1595 if (!WaitForChar(p_ut)) | |
7 | 1596 { |
1597 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
609 | 1598 if (trigger_cursorhold() && maxlen >= 3) |
7 | 1599 { |
203 | 1600 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; |
1601 buf[1] = KS_EXTRA; | |
1602 buf[2] = (int)KE_CURSORHOLD; | |
1603 return 3; | |
7 | 1604 } |
1605 #endif | |
368 | 1606 before_blocking(); |
7 | 1607 } |
1608 } | |
1609 | |
1610 /* | |
1611 * Try to read as many characters as there are, until the buffer is full. | |
1612 */ | |
1613 | |
1614 /* we will get at least one key. Get more if they are available. */ | |
1615 g_fCBrkPressed = FALSE; | |
1616 | |
1617 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
1618 if (fdDump) | |
1619 fputc('[', fdDump); | |
1620 #endif | |
1621 | |
1622 /* Keep looping until there is something in the typeahead buffer and more | |
1623 * to get and still room in the buffer (up to two bytes for a char and | |
1624 * three bytes for a modifier). */ | |
1625 while ((typeaheadlen == 0 || WaitForChar(0L)) | |
1626 && typeaheadlen + 5 <= TYPEAHEADLEN) | |
1627 { | |
1628 if (typebuf_changed(tb_change_cnt)) | |
1629 { | |
1630 /* "buf" may be invalid now if a client put something in the | |
1631 * typeahead buffer and "buf" is in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
1632 typeaheadlen = 0; | |
1633 break; | |
1634 } | |
1635 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
1636 if (g_nMouseClick != -1) | |
1637 { | |
1638 # ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
1639 if (fdDump) | |
1640 fprintf(fdDump, "{%02x @ %d, %d}", | |
1641 g_nMouseClick, g_xMouse, g_yMouse); | |
1642 # endif | |
1643 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = ESC + 128; | |
1644 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = 'M'; | |
1645 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = g_nMouseClick; | |
1646 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = g_xMouse + '!'; | |
1647 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = g_yMouse + '!'; | |
1648 g_nMouseClick = -1; | |
1649 } | |
1650 else | |
1651 #endif | |
1652 { | |
1653 char_u ch2 = NUL; | |
1654 int modifiers = 0; | |
1655 | |
1656 c = tgetch(&modifiers, &ch2); | |
1657 | |
4122 | 1658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1659 /* stolen from fill_input_buf() in ui.c */ | |
1660 if (rest != NULL) | |
1661 { | |
1662 /* Use remainder of previous call, starts with an invalid | |
1663 * character that may become valid when reading more. */ | |
1664 if (restlen > TYPEAHEADLEN - typeaheadlen) | |
1665 unconverted = TYPEAHEADLEN - typeaheadlen; | |
1666 else | |
1667 unconverted = restlen; | |
1668 mch_memmove(typeahead + typeaheadlen, rest, unconverted); | |
1669 if (unconverted == restlen) | |
1670 { | |
1671 vim_free(rest); | |
1672 rest = NULL; | |
1673 } | |
1674 else | |
1675 { | |
1676 restlen -= unconverted; | |
1677 mch_memmove(rest, rest + unconverted, restlen); | |
1678 } | |
1679 typeaheadlen += unconverted; | |
1680 } | |
1681 else | |
1682 unconverted = 0; | |
1683 #endif | |
1684 | |
7 | 1685 if (typebuf_changed(tb_change_cnt)) |
1686 { | |
1687 /* "buf" may be invalid now if a client put something in the | |
1688 * typeahead buffer and "buf" is in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
1689 typeaheadlen = 0; | |
1690 break; | |
1691 } | |
1692 | |
1693 if (c == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) | |
1694 { | |
1695 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) | |
1696 trash_input_buf(); | |
1697 #endif | |
1698 got_int = TRUE; | |
1699 } | |
1700 | |
1701 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
1702 if (g_nMouseClick == -1) | |
1703 #endif | |
1704 { | |
1705 int n = 1; | |
1706 | |
1707 /* A key may have one or two bytes. */ | |
1708 typeahead[typeaheadlen] = c; | |
1709 if (ch2 != NUL) | |
1710 { | |
1711 typeahead[typeaheadlen + 1] = ch2; | |
1712 ++n; | |
1713 } | |
1714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1715 /* Only convert normal characters, not special keys. Need to | |
1716 * convert before applying ALT, otherwise mapping <M-x> breaks | |
1717 * when 'tenc' is set. */ | |
1718 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE | |
1719 && (ch2 == NUL || c != K_NUL)) | |
4122 | 1720 { |
1721 typeaheadlen -= unconverted; | |
1722 n = convert_input_safe(typeahead + typeaheadlen, | |
1723 n + unconverted, TYPEAHEADLEN - typeaheadlen, | |
1724 rest == NULL ? &rest : NULL, &restlen); | |
1725 } | |
7 | 1726 #endif |
1727 | |
1728 /* Use the ALT key to set the 8th bit of the character | |
1729 * when it's one byte, the 8th bit isn't set yet and not | |
1730 * using a double-byte encoding (would become a lead | |
1731 * byte). */ | |
1732 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1733 && n == 1 | |
1734 && (typeahead[typeaheadlen] & 0x80) == 0 | |
1735 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1736 && !enc_dbcs | |
1737 #endif | |
1738 ) | |
1739 { | |
1443 | 1740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1741 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(typeahead[typeaheadlen] | 0x80, | |
1742 typeahead + typeaheadlen); | |
1743 #else | |
7 | 1744 typeahead[typeaheadlen] |= 0x80; |
1443 | 1745 #endif |
7 | 1746 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
1747 } | |
1748 | |
1749 if (modifiers != 0) | |
1750 { | |
1751 /* Prepend modifiers to the character. */ | |
1752 mch_memmove(typeahead + typeaheadlen + 3, | |
1753 typeahead + typeaheadlen, n); | |
1754 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
1755 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = (char_u)KS_MODIFIER; | |
1756 typeahead[typeaheadlen++] = modifiers; | |
1757 } | |
1758 | |
1759 typeaheadlen += n; | |
1760 | |
1761 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
1762 if (fdDump) | |
1763 fputc(c, fdDump); | |
1764 #endif | |
1765 } | |
1766 } | |
1767 } | |
1768 | |
1769 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
1770 if (fdDump) | |
1771 { | |
1772 fputs("]\n", fdDump); | |
1773 fflush(fdDump); | |
1774 } | |
1775 #endif | |
1776 | |
1777 theend: | |
1778 /* Move typeahead to "buf", as much as fits. */ | |
1779 len = 0; | |
1780 while (len < maxlen && typeaheadlen > 0) | |
1781 { | |
1782 buf[len++] = typeahead[0]; | |
1783 mch_memmove(typeahead, typeahead + 1, --typeaheadlen); | |
1784 } | |
1785 return len; | |
1786 | |
1787 #else /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1788 return 0; | |
1789 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1790 } | |
1791 | |
3927 | 1792 #ifndef PROTO |
1793 # ifndef __MINGW32__ | |
1794 # include <shellapi.h> /* required for FindExecutable() */ | |
1795 # endif | |
7 | 1796 #endif |
1797 | |
9 | 1798 /* |
1799 * Return TRUE if "name" is in $PATH. | |
10 | 1800 * TODO: Should somehow check if it's really executable. |
9 | 1801 */ |
7 | 1802 static int |
1803 executable_exists(char *name) | |
1804 { | |
9 | 1805 char *dum; |
1806 char fname[_MAX_PATH]; | |
1807 | |
1808 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1809 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
7 | 1810 { |
1752 | 1811 WCHAR *p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
9 | 1812 WCHAR fnamew[_MAX_PATH]; |
1813 WCHAR *dumw; | |
1814 long n; | |
1815 | |
1816 if (p != NULL) | |
1817 { | |
1818 n = (long)SearchPathW(NULL, p, NULL, _MAX_PATH, fnamew, &dumw); | |
1819 vim_free(p); | |
1820 if (n > 0 || GetLastError() != ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
1821 { | |
1822 if (n == 0) | |
1823 return FALSE; | |
1824 if (GetFileAttributesW(fnamew) & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) | |
1825 return FALSE; | |
1826 return TRUE; | |
1827 } | |
1828 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
1829 } | |
7 | 1830 } |
9 | 1831 #endif |
1832 if (SearchPath(NULL, name, NULL, _MAX_PATH, fname, &dum) == 0) | |
1833 return FALSE; | |
1834 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
1835 return FALSE; | |
1836 return TRUE; | |
7 | 1837 } |
1838 | |
2584 | 1839 #if ((defined(__MINGW32__) || defined (__CYGWIN32__)) && \ |
2935 | 1840 __MSVCRT_VERSION__ >= 0x800) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400) |
2584 | 1841 /* |
1842 * Bad parameter handler. | |
1843 * | |
1844 * Certain MS CRT functions will intentionally crash when passed invalid | |
1845 * parameters to highlight possible security holes. Setting this function as | |
1846 * the bad parameter handler will prevent the crash. | |
1847 * | |
1848 * In debug builds the parameters contain CRT information that might help track | |
1849 * down the source of a problem, but in non-debug builds the arguments are all | |
1850 * NULL/0. Debug builds will also produce assert dialogs from the CRT, it is | |
1851 * worth allowing these to make debugging of issues easier. | |
1852 */ | |
1853 static void | |
1854 bad_param_handler(const wchar_t *expression, | |
1855 const wchar_t *function, | |
1856 const wchar_t *file, | |
1857 unsigned int line, | |
1858 uintptr_t pReserved) | |
1859 { | |
1860 } | |
1861 | |
1862 # define SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER \ | |
1863 ((void)_set_invalid_parameter_handler(bad_param_handler)) | |
1864 #else | |
1865 # define SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER | |
1866 #endif | |
1867 | |
7 | 1868 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1869 | |
1870 /* | |
1871 * GUI version of mch_init(). | |
1872 */ | |
1873 void | |
26 | 1874 mch_init(void) |
7 | 1875 { |
1876 #ifndef __MINGW32__ | |
1877 extern int _fmode; | |
1878 #endif | |
1879 | |
2584 | 1880 /* Silently handle invalid parameters to CRT functions */ |
1881 SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER; | |
1882 | |
7 | 1883 /* Let critical errors result in a failure, not in a dialog box. Required |
1884 * for the timestamp test to work on removed floppies. */ | |
1885 SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); | |
1886 | |
1887 _fmode = O_BINARY; /* we do our own CR-LF translation */ | |
1888 | |
1889 /* Specify window size. Is there a place to get the default from? */ | |
1890 Rows = 25; | |
1891 Columns = 80; | |
1892 | |
1893 /* Look for 'vimrun' */ | |
1894 if (!gui_is_win32s()) | |
1895 { | |
1896 char_u vimrun_location[_MAX_PATH + 4]; | |
1897 | |
1898 /* First try in same directory as gvim.exe */ | |
1899 STRCPY(vimrun_location, exe_name); | |
1900 STRCPY(gettail(vimrun_location), "vimrun.exe"); | |
1901 if (mch_getperm(vimrun_location) >= 0) | |
1902 { | |
1903 if (*skiptowhite(vimrun_location) != NUL) | |
1904 { | |
1905 /* Enclose path with white space in double quotes. */ | |
1906 mch_memmove(vimrun_location + 1, vimrun_location, | |
1907 STRLEN(vimrun_location) + 1); | |
1908 *vimrun_location = '"'; | |
1909 STRCPY(gettail(vimrun_location), "vimrun\" "); | |
1910 } | |
1911 else | |
1912 STRCPY(gettail(vimrun_location), "vimrun "); | |
1913 | |
1914 vimrun_path = (char *)vim_strsave(vimrun_location); | |
1915 s_dont_use_vimrun = FALSE; | |
1916 } | |
1917 else if (executable_exists("vimrun.exe")) | |
1918 s_dont_use_vimrun = FALSE; | |
1919 | |
1920 /* Don't give the warning for a missing vimrun.exe right now, but only | |
1921 * when vimrun was supposed to be used. Don't bother people that do | |
1922 * not need vimrun.exe. */ | |
1923 if (s_dont_use_vimrun) | |
1924 need_vimrun_warning = TRUE; | |
1925 } | |
1926 | |
1927 /* | |
1928 * If "finstr.exe" doesn't exist, use "grep -n" for 'grepprg'. | |
1929 * Otherwise the default "findstr /n" is used. | |
1930 */ | |
1931 if (!executable_exists("findstr.exe")) | |
1932 set_option_value((char_u *)"grepprg", 0, (char_u *)"grep -n", 0); | |
1933 | |
1934 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4168 | 1935 win_clip_init(); |
7 | 1936 #endif |
1937 } | |
1938 | |
1939 | |
1940 #else /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1941 | |
1942 #define SRWIDTH(sr) ((sr).Right - (sr).Left + 1) | |
1943 #define SRHEIGHT(sr) ((sr).Bottom - (sr).Top + 1) | |
1944 | |
1945 /* | |
1946 * ClearConsoleBuffer() | |
1947 * Description: | |
1948 * Clears the entire contents of the console screen buffer, using the | |
1949 * specified attribute. | |
1950 * Returns: | |
1951 * TRUE on success | |
1952 */ | |
1953 static BOOL | |
1954 ClearConsoleBuffer(WORD wAttribute) | |
1955 { | |
1956 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; | |
1957 COORD coord; | |
1958 DWORD NumCells, dummy; | |
1959 | |
1960 if (!GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi)) | |
1961 return FALSE; | |
1962 | |
1963 NumCells = csbi.dwSize.X * csbi.dwSize.Y; | |
1964 coord.X = 0; | |
1965 coord.Y = 0; | |
1966 if (!FillConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, ' ', NumCells, | |
1967 coord, &dummy)) | |
1968 { | |
1969 return FALSE; | |
1970 } | |
1971 if (!FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, wAttribute, NumCells, | |
1972 coord, &dummy)) | |
1973 { | |
1974 return FALSE; | |
1975 } | |
1976 | |
1977 return TRUE; | |
1978 } | |
1979 | |
1980 /* | |
1981 * FitConsoleWindow() | |
1982 * Description: | |
1983 * Checks if the console window will fit within given buffer dimensions. | |
1984 * Also, if requested, will shrink the window to fit. | |
1985 * Returns: | |
1986 * TRUE on success | |
1987 */ | |
1988 static BOOL | |
1989 FitConsoleWindow( | |
1990 COORD dwBufferSize, | |
1991 BOOL WantAdjust) | |
1992 { | |
1993 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; | |
1994 COORD dwWindowSize; | |
1995 BOOL NeedAdjust = FALSE; | |
1996 | |
1997 if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi)) | |
1998 { | |
1999 /* | |
2000 * A buffer resize will fail if the current console window does | |
2001 * not lie completely within that buffer. To avoid this, we might | |
2002 * have to move and possibly shrink the window. | |
2003 */ | |
2004 if (csbi.srWindow.Right >= dwBufferSize.X) | |
2005 { | |
2006 dwWindowSize.X = SRWIDTH(csbi.srWindow); | |
2007 if (dwWindowSize.X > dwBufferSize.X) | |
2008 dwWindowSize.X = dwBufferSize.X; | |
2009 csbi.srWindow.Right = dwBufferSize.X - 1; | |
2010 csbi.srWindow.Left = dwBufferSize.X - dwWindowSize.X; | |
2011 NeedAdjust = TRUE; | |
2012 } | |
2013 if (csbi.srWindow.Bottom >= dwBufferSize.Y) | |
2014 { | |
2015 dwWindowSize.Y = SRHEIGHT(csbi.srWindow); | |
2016 if (dwWindowSize.Y > dwBufferSize.Y) | |
2017 dwWindowSize.Y = dwBufferSize.Y; | |
2018 csbi.srWindow.Bottom = dwBufferSize.Y - 1; | |
2019 csbi.srWindow.Top = dwBufferSize.Y - dwWindowSize.Y; | |
2020 NeedAdjust = TRUE; | |
2021 } | |
2022 if (NeedAdjust && WantAdjust) | |
2023 { | |
2024 if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &csbi.srWindow)) | |
2025 return FALSE; | |
2026 } | |
2027 return TRUE; | |
2028 } | |
2029 | |
2030 return FALSE; | |
2031 } | |
2032 | |
2033 typedef struct ConsoleBufferStruct | |
2034 { | |
26 | 2035 BOOL IsValid; |
2036 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO Info; | |
2037 PCHAR_INFO Buffer; | |
2038 COORD BufferSize; | |
7 | 2039 } ConsoleBuffer; |
2040 | |
2041 /* | |
2042 * SaveConsoleBuffer() | |
2043 * Description: | |
2044 * Saves important information about the console buffer, including the | |
2045 * actual buffer contents. The saved information is suitable for later | |
2046 * restoration by RestoreConsoleBuffer(). | |
2047 * Returns: | |
2048 * TRUE if all information was saved; FALSE otherwise | |
2049 * If FALSE, still sets cb->IsValid if buffer characteristics were saved. | |
2050 */ | |
2051 static BOOL | |
2052 SaveConsoleBuffer( | |
2053 ConsoleBuffer *cb) | |
2054 { | |
2055 DWORD NumCells; | |
2056 COORD BufferCoord; | |
2057 SMALL_RECT ReadRegion; | |
2058 WORD Y, Y_incr; | |
2059 | |
2060 if (cb == NULL) | |
2061 return FALSE; | |
2062 | |
2063 if (!GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &cb->Info)) | |
2064 { | |
2065 cb->IsValid = FALSE; | |
2066 return FALSE; | |
2067 } | |
2068 cb->IsValid = TRUE; | |
2069 | |
2070 /* | |
2071 * Allocate a buffer large enough to hold the entire console screen | |
2072 * buffer. If this ConsoleBuffer structure has already been initialized | |
2073 * with a buffer of the correct size, then just use that one. | |
2074 */ | |
2075 if (!cb->IsValid || cb->Buffer == NULL || | |
2076 cb->BufferSize.X != cb->Info.dwSize.X || | |
2077 cb->BufferSize.Y != cb->Info.dwSize.Y) | |
2078 { | |
2079 cb->BufferSize.X = cb->Info.dwSize.X; | |
2080 cb->BufferSize.Y = cb->Info.dwSize.Y; | |
2081 NumCells = cb->BufferSize.X * cb->BufferSize.Y; | |
2690 | 2082 vim_free(cb->Buffer); |
7 | 2083 cb->Buffer = (PCHAR_INFO)alloc(NumCells * sizeof(CHAR_INFO)); |
2084 if (cb->Buffer == NULL) | |
2085 return FALSE; | |
2086 } | |
2087 | |
2088 /* | |
2089 * We will now copy the console screen buffer into our buffer. | |
2090 * ReadConsoleOutput() seems to be limited as far as how much you | |
2091 * can read at a time. Empirically, this number seems to be about | |
2092 * 12000 cells (rows * columns). Start at position (0, 0) and copy | |
2093 * in chunks until it is all copied. The chunks will all have the | |
2094 * same horizontal characteristics, so initialize them now. The | |
2095 * height of each chunk will be (12000 / width). | |
2096 */ | |
2097 BufferCoord.X = 0; | |
2098 ReadRegion.Left = 0; | |
2099 ReadRegion.Right = cb->Info.dwSize.X - 1; | |
2100 Y_incr = 12000 / cb->Info.dwSize.X; | |
2101 for (Y = 0; Y < cb->BufferSize.Y; Y += Y_incr) | |
2102 { | |
2103 /* | |
2104 * Read into position (0, Y) in our buffer. | |
2105 */ | |
2106 BufferCoord.Y = Y; | |
2107 /* | |
2108 * Read the region whose top left corner is (0, Y) and whose bottom | |
2109 * right corner is (width - 1, Y + Y_incr - 1). This should define | |
2110 * a region of size width by Y_incr. Don't worry if this region is | |
2111 * too large for the remaining buffer; it will be cropped. | |
2112 */ | |
2113 ReadRegion.Top = Y; | |
2114 ReadRegion.Bottom = Y + Y_incr - 1; | |
2115 if (!ReadConsoleOutput(g_hConOut, /* output handle */ | |
2116 cb->Buffer, /* our buffer */ | |
2117 cb->BufferSize, /* dimensions of our buffer */ | |
2118 BufferCoord, /* offset in our buffer */ | |
2119 &ReadRegion)) /* region to save */ | |
2120 { | |
2121 vim_free(cb->Buffer); | |
2122 cb->Buffer = NULL; | |
2123 return FALSE; | |
2124 } | |
2125 } | |
2126 | |
2127 return TRUE; | |
2128 } | |
2129 | |
2130 /* | |
2131 * RestoreConsoleBuffer() | |
2132 * Description: | |
2133 * Restores important information about the console buffer, including the | |
2134 * actual buffer contents, if desired. The information to restore is in | |
2135 * the same format used by SaveConsoleBuffer(). | |
2136 * Returns: | |
2137 * TRUE on success | |
2138 */ | |
2139 static BOOL | |
2140 RestoreConsoleBuffer( | |
26 | 2141 ConsoleBuffer *cb, |
2142 BOOL RestoreScreen) | |
7 | 2143 { |
2144 COORD BufferCoord; | |
2145 SMALL_RECT WriteRegion; | |
2146 | |
2147 if (cb == NULL || !cb->IsValid) | |
2148 return FALSE; | |
2149 | |
2150 /* | |
2151 * Before restoring the buffer contents, clear the current buffer, and | |
2152 * restore the cursor position and window information. Doing this now | |
2153 * prevents old buffer contents from "flashing" onto the screen. | |
2154 */ | |
2155 if (RestoreScreen) | |
2156 ClearConsoleBuffer(cb->Info.wAttributes); | |
2157 | |
2158 FitConsoleWindow(cb->Info.dwSize, TRUE); | |
2159 if (!SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(g_hConOut, cb->Info.dwSize)) | |
2160 return FALSE; | |
2161 if (!SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, cb->Info.wAttributes)) | |
2162 return FALSE; | |
2163 | |
2164 if (!RestoreScreen) | |
2165 { | |
2166 /* | |
2167 * No need to restore the screen buffer contents, so we're done. | |
2168 */ | |
2169 return TRUE; | |
2170 } | |
2171 | |
2172 if (!SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, cb->Info.dwCursorPosition)) | |
2173 return FALSE; | |
2174 if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &cb->Info.srWindow)) | |
2175 return FALSE; | |
2176 | |
2177 /* | |
2178 * Restore the screen buffer contents. | |
2179 */ | |
2180 if (cb->Buffer != NULL) | |
2181 { | |
2182 BufferCoord.X = 0; | |
2183 BufferCoord.Y = 0; | |
2184 WriteRegion.Left = 0; | |
2185 WriteRegion.Top = 0; | |
2186 WriteRegion.Right = cb->Info.dwSize.X - 1; | |
2187 WriteRegion.Bottom = cb->Info.dwSize.Y - 1; | |
2188 if (!WriteConsoleOutput(g_hConOut, /* output handle */ | |
2189 cb->Buffer, /* our buffer */ | |
2190 cb->BufferSize, /* dimensions of our buffer */ | |
2191 BufferCoord, /* offset in our buffer */ | |
2192 &WriteRegion)) /* region to restore */ | |
2193 { | |
2194 return FALSE; | |
2195 } | |
2196 } | |
2197 | |
2198 return TRUE; | |
2199 } | |
2200 | |
714 | 2201 #define FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN |
7 | 2202 #ifdef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN |
2203 static ConsoleBuffer g_cbOrig = { 0 }; | |
2204 #endif | |
2205 static ConsoleBuffer g_cbNonTermcap = { 0 }; | |
2206 static ConsoleBuffer g_cbTermcap = { 0 }; | |
2207 | |
2208 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
2209 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
2210 typedef HWND (__stdcall *GETCONSOLEWINDOWPROC)(VOID); | |
2211 #else | |
2212 typedef WINBASEAPI HWND (WINAPI *GETCONSOLEWINDOWPROC)(VOID); | |
2213 #endif | |
2214 char g_szOrigTitle[256] = { 0 }; | |
2215 HWND g_hWnd = NULL; /* also used in os_mswin.c */ | |
2216 static HICON g_hOrigIconSmall = NULL; | |
2217 static HICON g_hOrigIcon = NULL; | |
2218 static HICON g_hVimIcon = NULL; | |
2219 static BOOL g_fCanChangeIcon = FALSE; | |
2220 | |
2221 /* ICON* are not defined in VC++ 4.0 */ | |
2222 #ifndef ICON_SMALL | |
2223 #define ICON_SMALL 0 | |
2224 #endif | |
2225 #ifndef ICON_BIG | |
2226 #define ICON_BIG 1 | |
2227 #endif | |
2228 /* | |
2229 * GetConsoleIcon() | |
2230 * Description: | |
2231 * Attempts to retrieve the small icon and/or the big icon currently in | |
2232 * use by a given window. | |
2233 * Returns: | |
2234 * TRUE on success | |
2235 */ | |
2236 static BOOL | |
2237 GetConsoleIcon( | |
26 | 2238 HWND hWnd, |
2239 HICON *phIconSmall, | |
2240 HICON *phIcon) | |
7 | 2241 { |
2242 if (hWnd == NULL) | |
2243 return FALSE; | |
2244 | |
2245 if (phIconSmall != NULL) | |
26 | 2246 *phIconSmall = (HICON)SendMessage(hWnd, WM_GETICON, |
2247 (WPARAM)ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)0); | |
7 | 2248 if (phIcon != NULL) |
26 | 2249 *phIcon = (HICON)SendMessage(hWnd, WM_GETICON, |
2250 (WPARAM)ICON_BIG, (LPARAM)0); | |
7 | 2251 return TRUE; |
2252 } | |
2253 | |
2254 /* | |
2255 * SetConsoleIcon() | |
2256 * Description: | |
2257 * Attempts to change the small icon and/or the big icon currently in | |
2258 * use by a given window. | |
2259 * Returns: | |
2260 * TRUE on success | |
2261 */ | |
2262 static BOOL | |
2263 SetConsoleIcon( | |
26 | 2264 HWND hWnd, |
2265 HICON hIconSmall, | |
2266 HICON hIcon) | |
7 | 2267 { |
26 | 2268 HICON hPrevIconSmall; |
2269 HICON hPrevIcon; | |
7 | 2270 |
2271 if (hWnd == NULL) | |
2272 return FALSE; | |
2273 | |
2274 if (hIconSmall != NULL) | |
26 | 2275 hPrevIconSmall = (HICON)SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETICON, |
2276 (WPARAM)ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)hIconSmall); | |
7 | 2277 if (hIcon != NULL) |
26 | 2278 hPrevIcon = (HICON)SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETICON, |
2279 (WPARAM)ICON_BIG,(LPARAM) hIcon); | |
7 | 2280 return TRUE; |
2281 } | |
2282 | |
2283 /* | |
2284 * SaveConsoleTitleAndIcon() | |
2285 * Description: | |
2286 * Saves the current console window title in g_szOrigTitle, for later | |
2287 * restoration. Also, attempts to obtain a handle to the console window, | |
2288 * and use it to save the small and big icons currently in use by the | |
2289 * console window. This is not always possible on some versions of Windows; | |
2290 * nor is it possible when running Vim remotely using Telnet (since the | |
2291 * console window the user sees is owned by a remote process). | |
2292 */ | |
2293 static void | |
2294 SaveConsoleTitleAndIcon(void) | |
2295 { | |
2296 GETCONSOLEWINDOWPROC GetConsoleWindowProc; | |
2297 | |
2298 /* Save the original title. */ | |
2299 if (!GetConsoleTitle(g_szOrigTitle, sizeof(g_szOrigTitle))) | |
2300 return; | |
2301 | |
2302 /* | |
2303 * Obtain a handle to the console window using GetConsoleWindow() from | |
2304 * KERNEL32.DLL; we need to handle in order to change the window icon. | |
2305 * This function only exists on NT-based Windows, starting with Windows | |
2306 * 2000. On older operating systems, we can't change the window icon | |
2307 * anyway. | |
2308 */ | |
2309 if ((GetConsoleWindowProc = (GETCONSOLEWINDOWPROC) | |
2310 GetProcAddress(GetModuleHandle("KERNEL32.DLL"), | |
2311 "GetConsoleWindow")) != NULL) | |
2312 { | |
2313 g_hWnd = (*GetConsoleWindowProc)(); | |
2314 } | |
2315 if (g_hWnd == NULL) | |
2316 return; | |
2317 | |
2318 /* Save the original console window icon. */ | |
2319 GetConsoleIcon(g_hWnd, &g_hOrigIconSmall, &g_hOrigIcon); | |
2320 if (g_hOrigIconSmall == NULL || g_hOrigIcon == NULL) | |
2321 return; | |
2322 | |
2323 /* Extract the first icon contained in the Vim executable. */ | |
2324 g_hVimIcon = ExtractIcon(NULL, exe_name, 0); | |
2325 if (g_hVimIcon != NULL) | |
2326 g_fCanChangeIcon = TRUE; | |
2327 } | |
2328 #endif | |
2329 | |
2330 static int g_fWindInitCalled = FALSE; | |
2331 static int g_fTermcapMode = FALSE; | |
2332 static CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO g_cci; | |
2333 static DWORD g_cmodein = 0; | |
2334 static DWORD g_cmodeout = 0; | |
2335 | |
2336 /* | |
2337 * non-GUI version of mch_init(). | |
2338 */ | |
2339 void | |
26 | 2340 mch_init(void) |
7 | 2341 { |
2342 #ifndef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN | |
2343 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; | |
2344 #endif | |
2345 #ifndef __MINGW32__ | |
2346 extern int _fmode; | |
2347 #endif | |
2348 | |
2584 | 2349 /* Silently handle invalid parameters to CRT functions */ |
2350 SET_INVALID_PARAM_HANDLER; | |
2351 | |
7 | 2352 /* Let critical errors result in a failure, not in a dialog box. Required |
2353 * for the timestamp test to work on removed floppies. */ | |
2354 SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); | |
2355 | |
2356 _fmode = O_BINARY; /* we do our own CR-LF translation */ | |
2357 out_flush(); | |
2358 | |
2359 /* Obtain handles for the standard Console I/O devices */ | |
2360 if (read_cmd_fd == 0) | |
2361 g_hConIn = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE); | |
2362 else | |
2363 create_conin(); | |
2364 g_hConOut = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); | |
2365 | |
2366 #ifdef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN | |
2367 /* Save the initial console buffer for later restoration */ | |
2368 SaveConsoleBuffer(&g_cbOrig); | |
2369 g_attrCurrent = g_attrDefault = g_cbOrig.Info.wAttributes; | |
2370 #else | |
2371 /* Get current text attributes */ | |
2372 GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi); | |
2373 g_attrCurrent = g_attrDefault = csbi.wAttributes; | |
2374 #endif | |
2375 if (cterm_normal_fg_color == 0) | |
2376 cterm_normal_fg_color = (g_attrCurrent & 0xf) + 1; | |
2377 if (cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) | |
2378 cterm_normal_bg_color = ((g_attrCurrent >> 4) & 0xf) + 1; | |
2379 | |
2380 /* set termcap codes to current text attributes */ | |
2381 update_tcap(g_attrCurrent); | |
2382 | |
2383 GetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &g_cci); | |
2384 GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &g_cmodein); | |
2385 GetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, &g_cmodeout); | |
2386 | |
2387 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
2388 SaveConsoleTitleAndIcon(); | |
2389 /* | |
2390 * Set both the small and big icons of the console window to Vim's icon. | |
2391 * Note that Vim presently only has one size of icon (32x32), but it | |
2392 * automatically gets scaled down to 16x16 when setting the small icon. | |
2393 */ | |
2394 if (g_fCanChangeIcon) | |
2395 SetConsoleIcon(g_hWnd, g_hVimIcon, g_hVimIcon); | |
2396 #endif | |
2397 | |
2398 ui_get_shellsize(); | |
2399 | |
2400 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
2401 fdDump = fopen("dump", "wt"); | |
2402 | |
2403 if (fdDump) | |
2404 { | |
2405 time_t t; | |
2406 | |
2407 time(&t); | |
2408 fputs(ctime(&t), fdDump); | |
2409 fflush(fdDump); | |
2410 } | |
2411 #endif | |
2412 | |
2413 g_fWindInitCalled = TRUE; | |
2414 | |
2415 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
2416 g_fMouseAvail = GetSystemMetrics(SM_MOUSEPRESENT); | |
2417 #endif | |
2418 | |
2419 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4168 | 2420 win_clip_init(); |
7 | 2421 #endif |
2422 | |
2423 /* This will be NULL on anything but NT 4.0 */ | |
2424 s_pfnGetConsoleKeyboardLayoutName = | |
2425 (PFNGCKLN) GetProcAddress(GetModuleHandle("kernel32.dll"), | |
2426 "GetConsoleKeyboardLayoutNameA"); | |
2427 } | |
2428 | |
2429 /* | |
2430 * non-GUI version of mch_exit(). | |
2431 * Shut down and exit with status `r' | |
2432 * Careful: mch_exit() may be called before mch_init()! | |
2433 */ | |
2434 void | |
2435 mch_exit(int r) | |
2436 { | |
2437 stoptermcap(); | |
2438 | |
2439 if (g_fWindInitCalled) | |
2440 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
2441 | |
2442 ml_close_all(TRUE); /* remove all memfiles */ | |
2443 | |
2444 if (g_fWindInitCalled) | |
2445 { | |
2446 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
2447 mch_restore_title(3); | |
2448 /* | |
2449 * Restore both the small and big icons of the console window to | |
2450 * what they were at startup. Don't do this when the window is | |
2451 * closed, Vim would hang here. | |
2452 */ | |
2453 if (g_fCanChangeIcon && !g_fForceExit) | |
2454 SetConsoleIcon(g_hWnd, g_hOrigIconSmall, g_hOrigIcon); | |
2455 #endif | |
2456 | |
2457 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
2458 if (fdDump) | |
2459 { | |
2460 time_t t; | |
2461 | |
2462 time(&t); | |
2463 fputs(ctime(&t), fdDump); | |
2464 fclose(fdDump); | |
2465 } | |
2466 fdDump = NULL; | |
2467 #endif | |
2468 } | |
2469 | |
2470 SetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &g_cci); | |
2471 SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, g_cmodein); | |
2472 SetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, g_cmodeout); | |
2473 | |
2474 #ifdef DYNAMIC_GETTEXT | |
2475 dyn_libintl_end(); | |
2476 #endif | |
2477 | |
2478 exit(r); | |
2479 } | |
2480 #endif /* !FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
2481 | |
2482 /* | |
2483 * Do we have an interactive window? | |
2484 */ | |
323 | 2485 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 2486 int |
2487 mch_check_win( | |
2488 int argc, | |
2489 char **argv) | |
2490 { | |
2491 get_exe_name(); | |
2492 | |
2493 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
2494 return OK; /* GUI always has a tty */ | |
2495 #else | |
2496 if (isatty(1)) | |
2497 return OK; | |
2498 return FAIL; | |
2499 #endif | |
2500 } | |
2501 | |
2502 | |
5326 | 2503 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2504 /* | |
2505 * fname_casew(): Wide version of fname_case(). Set the case of the file name, | |
2506 * if it already exists. When "len" is > 0, also expand short to long | |
2507 * filenames. | |
2508 * Return FAIL if wide functions are not available, OK otherwise. | |
2509 * NOTE: much of this is identical to fname_case(), keep in sync! | |
2510 */ | |
2511 static int | |
2512 fname_casew( | |
2513 WCHAR *name, | |
2514 int len) | |
2515 { | |
2516 WCHAR szTrueName[_MAX_PATH + 2]; | |
2517 WCHAR szTrueNameTemp[_MAX_PATH + 2]; | |
2518 WCHAR *ptrue, *ptruePrev; | |
2519 WCHAR *porig, *porigPrev; | |
2520 int flen; | |
2521 WIN32_FIND_DATAW fb; | |
2522 HANDLE hFind; | |
2523 int c; | |
2524 int slen; | |
2525 | |
2526 flen = (int)wcslen(name); | |
2527 if (flen > _MAX_PATH) | |
2528 return OK; | |
2529 | |
2530 /* slash_adjust(name) not needed, already adjusted by fname_case(). */ | |
2531 | |
2532 /* Build the new name in szTrueName[] one component at a time. */ | |
2533 porig = name; | |
2534 ptrue = szTrueName; | |
2535 | |
2536 if (iswalpha(porig[0]) && porig[1] == L':') | |
2537 { | |
2538 /* copy leading drive letter */ | |
2539 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2540 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2541 *ptrue = NUL; /* in case nothing follows */ | |
2542 } | |
2543 | |
2544 while (*porig != NUL) | |
2545 { | |
2546 /* copy \ characters */ | |
2547 while (*porig == psepc) | |
2548 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2549 | |
2550 ptruePrev = ptrue; | |
2551 porigPrev = porig; | |
2552 while (*porig != NUL && *porig != psepc) | |
2553 { | |
2554 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2555 } | |
2556 *ptrue = NUL; | |
2557 | |
2558 /* To avoid a slow failure append "\*" when searching a directory, | |
2559 * server or network share. */ | |
2560 wcscpy(szTrueNameTemp, szTrueName); | |
2561 slen = (int)wcslen(szTrueNameTemp); | |
2562 if (*porig == psepc && slen + 2 < _MAX_PATH) | |
2563 wcscpy(szTrueNameTemp + slen, L"\\*"); | |
2564 | |
2565 /* Skip "", "." and "..". */ | |
2566 if (ptrue > ptruePrev | |
2567 && (ptruePrev[0] != L'.' | |
2568 || (ptruePrev[1] != NUL | |
2569 && (ptruePrev[1] != L'.' || ptruePrev[2] != NUL))) | |
2570 && (hFind = FindFirstFileW(szTrueNameTemp, &fb)) | |
2571 != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
2572 { | |
2573 c = *porig; | |
2574 *porig = NUL; | |
2575 | |
2576 /* Only use the match when it's the same name (ignoring case) or | |
2577 * expansion is allowed and there is a match with the short name | |
2578 * and there is enough room. */ | |
2579 if (_wcsicoll(porigPrev, fb.cFileName) == 0 | |
2580 || (len > 0 | |
2581 && (_wcsicoll(porigPrev, fb.cAlternateFileName) == 0 | |
2582 && (int)(ptruePrev - szTrueName) | |
2583 + (int)wcslen(fb.cFileName) < len))) | |
2584 { | |
2585 wcscpy(ptruePrev, fb.cFileName); | |
2586 | |
2587 /* Look for exact match and prefer it if found. Must be a | |
2588 * long name, otherwise there would be only one match. */ | |
2589 while (FindNextFileW(hFind, &fb)) | |
2590 { | |
2591 if (*fb.cAlternateFileName != NUL | |
2592 && (wcscoll(porigPrev, fb.cFileName) == 0 | |
2593 || (len > 0 | |
2594 && (_wcsicoll(porigPrev, | |
2595 fb.cAlternateFileName) == 0 | |
2596 && (int)(ptruePrev - szTrueName) | |
2597 + (int)wcslen(fb.cFileName) < len)))) | |
2598 { | |
2599 wcscpy(ptruePrev, fb.cFileName); | |
2600 break; | |
2601 } | |
2602 } | |
2603 } | |
2604 FindClose(hFind); | |
2605 *porig = c; | |
2606 ptrue = ptruePrev + wcslen(ptruePrev); | |
2607 } | |
2608 else if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
2609 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
2610 return FAIL; | |
2611 } | |
2612 | |
2613 wcscpy(name, szTrueName); | |
2614 return OK; | |
2615 } | |
2616 #endif | |
2617 | |
7 | 2618 /* |
2619 * fname_case(): Set the case of the file name, if it already exists. | |
2620 * When "len" is > 0, also expand short to long filenames. | |
5326 | 2621 * NOTE: much of this is identical to fname_casew(), keep in sync! |
7 | 2622 */ |
2623 void | |
2624 fname_case( | |
2625 char_u *name, | |
2626 int len) | |
2627 { | |
2628 char szTrueName[_MAX_PATH + 2]; | |
2604 | 2629 char szTrueNameTemp[_MAX_PATH + 2]; |
7 | 2630 char *ptrue, *ptruePrev; |
2631 char *porig, *porigPrev; | |
2632 int flen; | |
2633 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
2634 HANDLE hFind; | |
2635 int c; | |
2604 | 2636 int slen; |
7 | 2637 |
434 | 2638 flen = (int)STRLEN(name); |
5326 | 2639 if (flen == 0) |
7 | 2640 return; |
2641 | |
2642 slash_adjust(name); | |
2643 | |
5326 | 2644 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2645 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
2646 { | |
2647 WCHAR *p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); | |
2648 | |
2649 if (p != NULL) | |
2650 { | |
2651 char_u *q; | |
2652 WCHAR buf[_MAX_PATH + 2]; | |
2653 | |
2654 wcscpy(buf, p); | |
2655 vim_free(p); | |
2656 | |
2657 if (fname_casew(buf, (len > 0) ? _MAX_PATH : 0) == OK) | |
2658 { | |
2659 q = utf16_to_enc(buf, NULL); | |
2660 if (q != NULL) | |
2661 { | |
2662 vim_strncpy(name, q, (len > 0) ? len - 1 : flen); | |
2663 vim_free(q); | |
2664 return; | |
2665 } | |
2666 } | |
2667 } | |
2668 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
2669 } | |
2670 #endif | |
2671 | |
2672 /* If 'enc' is utf-8, flen can be larger than _MAX_PATH. | |
2673 * So we should check this after calling wide function. */ | |
2674 if (flen > _MAX_PATH) | |
2675 return; | |
2676 | |
7 | 2677 /* Build the new name in szTrueName[] one component at a time. */ |
2678 porig = name; | |
2679 ptrue = szTrueName; | |
2680 | |
2681 if (isalpha(porig[0]) && porig[1] == ':') | |
2682 { | |
2683 /* copy leading drive letter */ | |
2684 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2685 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2686 *ptrue = NUL; /* in case nothing follows */ | |
2687 } | |
2688 | |
2689 while (*porig != NUL) | |
2690 { | |
2691 /* copy \ characters */ | |
2692 while (*porig == psepc) | |
2693 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2694 | |
2695 ptruePrev = ptrue; | |
2696 porigPrev = porig; | |
2697 while (*porig != NUL && *porig != psepc) | |
2698 { | |
2699 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2700 int l; | |
2701 | |
2702 if (enc_dbcs) | |
2703 { | |
474 | 2704 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(porig); |
7 | 2705 while (--l >= 0) |
2706 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2707 } | |
2708 else | |
2709 #endif | |
2710 *ptrue++ = *porig++; | |
2711 } | |
2712 *ptrue = NUL; | |
2713 | |
2604 | 2714 /* To avoid a slow failure append "\*" when searching a directory, |
2715 * server or network share. */ | |
2716 STRCPY(szTrueNameTemp, szTrueName); | |
2615 | 2717 slen = (int)strlen(szTrueNameTemp); |
2604 | 2718 if (*porig == psepc && slen + 2 < _MAX_PATH) |
2719 STRCPY(szTrueNameTemp + slen, "\\*"); | |
2720 | |
7 | 2721 /* Skip "", "." and "..". */ |
2722 if (ptrue > ptruePrev | |
2723 && (ptruePrev[0] != '.' | |
2724 || (ptruePrev[1] != NUL | |
2725 && (ptruePrev[1] != '.' || ptruePrev[2] != NUL))) | |
2604 | 2726 && (hFind = FindFirstFile(szTrueNameTemp, &fb)) |
7 | 2727 != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) |
2728 { | |
2729 c = *porig; | |
2730 *porig = NUL; | |
2731 | |
2732 /* Only use the match when it's the same name (ignoring case) or | |
2733 * expansion is allowed and there is a match with the short name | |
2734 * and there is enough room. */ | |
2735 if (_stricoll(porigPrev, fb.cFileName) == 0 | |
2736 || (len > 0 | |
2737 && (_stricoll(porigPrev, fb.cAlternateFileName) == 0 | |
2738 && (int)(ptruePrev - szTrueName) | |
2739 + (int)strlen(fb.cFileName) < len))) | |
2740 { | |
2741 STRCPY(ptruePrev, fb.cFileName); | |
2742 | |
2743 /* Look for exact match and prefer it if found. Must be a | |
2744 * long name, otherwise there would be only one match. */ | |
2745 while (FindNextFile(hFind, &fb)) | |
2746 { | |
2747 if (*fb.cAlternateFileName != NUL | |
2748 && (strcoll(porigPrev, fb.cFileName) == 0 | |
2749 || (len > 0 | |
2750 && (_stricoll(porigPrev, | |
2751 fb.cAlternateFileName) == 0 | |
2752 && (int)(ptruePrev - szTrueName) | |
2753 + (int)strlen(fb.cFileName) < len)))) | |
2754 { | |
2755 STRCPY(ptruePrev, fb.cFileName); | |
2756 break; | |
2757 } | |
2758 } | |
2759 } | |
2760 FindClose(hFind); | |
2761 *porig = c; | |
2762 ptrue = ptruePrev + strlen(ptruePrev); | |
2763 } | |
2764 } | |
2765 | |
2766 STRCPY(name, szTrueName); | |
2767 } | |
2768 | |
2769 | |
2770 /* | |
2771 * Insert user name in s[len]. | |
2772 */ | |
2773 int | |
2774 mch_get_user_name( | |
26 | 2775 char_u *s, |
2776 int len) | |
7 | 2777 { |
1414 | 2778 char szUserName[256 + 1]; /* UNLEN is 256 */ |
7 | 2779 DWORD cch = sizeof szUserName; |
2780 | |
2781 if (GetUserName(szUserName, &cch)) | |
2782 { | |
417 | 2783 vim_strncpy(s, szUserName, len - 1); |
7 | 2784 return OK; |
2785 } | |
2786 s[0] = NUL; | |
2787 return FAIL; | |
2788 } | |
2789 | |
2790 | |
2791 /* | |
2792 * Insert host name in s[len]. | |
2793 */ | |
2794 void | |
2795 mch_get_host_name( | |
2796 char_u *s, | |
2797 int len) | |
2798 { | |
2799 DWORD cch = len; | |
2800 | |
2801 if (!GetComputerName(s, &cch)) | |
417 | 2802 vim_strncpy(s, "PC (Win32 Vim)", len - 1); |
7 | 2803 } |
2804 | |
2805 | |
2806 /* | |
2807 * return process ID | |
2808 */ | |
2809 long | |
26 | 2810 mch_get_pid(void) |
7 | 2811 { |
2812 return (long)GetCurrentProcessId(); | |
2813 } | |
2814 | |
2815 | |
2816 /* | |
2817 * Get name of current directory into buffer 'buf' of length 'len' bytes. | |
2818 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure. | |
2819 */ | |
2820 int | |
2821 mch_dirname( | |
2822 char_u *buf, | |
2823 int len) | |
2824 { | |
2825 /* | |
2826 * Originally this was: | |
2827 * return (getcwd(buf, len) != NULL ? OK : FAIL); | |
2828 * But the Win32s known bug list says that getcwd() doesn't work | |
2829 * so use the Win32 system call instead. <Negri> | |
2830 */ | |
2831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2832 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
2833 { | |
2834 WCHAR wbuf[_MAX_PATH + 1]; | |
2835 | |
2836 if (GetCurrentDirectoryW(_MAX_PATH, wbuf) != 0) | |
2837 { | |
1752 | 2838 char_u *p = utf16_to_enc(wbuf, NULL); |
7 | 2839 |
2840 if (p != NULL) | |
2841 { | |
417 | 2842 vim_strncpy(buf, p, len - 1); |
7 | 2843 vim_free(p); |
2844 return OK; | |
2845 } | |
2846 } | |
2847 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
2848 } | |
2849 #endif | |
2850 return (GetCurrentDirectory(len, buf) != 0 ? OK : FAIL); | |
2851 } | |
2852 | |
2853 /* | |
2854 * get file permissions for `name' | |
2855 * -1 : error | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2856 * else mode_t |
7 | 2857 */ |
2858 long | |
26 | 2859 mch_getperm(char_u *name) |
7 | 2860 { |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2861 struct stat st; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2862 int n; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2864 n = mch_stat(name, &st); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2865 return n == 0 ? (int)st.st_mode : -1; |
7 | 2866 } |
2867 | |
2868 | |
2869 /* | |
5229
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2870 * Set file permission for "name" to "perm". |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2871 * |
5229
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2872 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 2873 */ |
2874 int | |
5229
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2875 mch_setperm(char_u *name, long perm) |
7 | 2876 { |
5229
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2877 long n = -1; |
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2878 |
7 | 2879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2880 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
2881 { | |
5229
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2882 WCHAR *p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
7 | 2883 |
2884 if (p != NULL) | |
2885 { | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2886 n = _wchmod(p, perm); |
7 | 2887 vim_free(p); |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2888 if (n == -1 && GetLastError() != ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2889 return FAIL; |
7 | 2890 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ |
2891 } | |
2892 } | |
5229
1261caf9bc51
updated for version 7.4a.040
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5112
diff
changeset
|
2893 if (n == -1) |
7 | 2894 #endif |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2895 n = _chmod(name, perm); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2896 if (n == -1) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2897 return FAIL; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2898 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2899 win32_set_archive(name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2900 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2901 return OK; |
7 | 2902 } |
2903 | |
2904 /* | |
2905 * Set hidden flag for "name". | |
2906 */ | |
2907 void | |
2908 mch_hide(char_u *name) | |
2909 { | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2910 int attrs = win32_getattrs(name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2911 if (attrs == -1) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2912 return; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2913 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2914 attrs |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2915 win32_setattrs(name, attrs); |
7 | 2916 } |
2917 | |
2918 /* | |
2919 * return TRUE if "name" is a directory | |
2920 * return FALSE if "name" is not a directory or upon error | |
2921 */ | |
2922 int | |
2923 mch_isdir(char_u *name) | |
2924 { | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2925 int f = win32_getattrs(name); |
7 | 2926 |
2927 if (f == -1) | |
2928 return FALSE; /* file does not exist at all */ | |
2929 | |
2930 return (f & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != 0; | |
2931 } | |
2932 | |
2933 /* | |
2803 | 2934 * Create directory "name". |
2935 * Return 0 on success, -1 on error. | |
2936 */ | |
2937 int | |
2938 mch_mkdir(char_u *name) | |
2939 { | |
2940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2941 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
2942 { | |
2943 WCHAR *p; | |
2944 int retval; | |
2945 | |
2946 p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); | |
2947 if (p == NULL) | |
2948 return -1; | |
2949 retval = _wmkdir(p); | |
2950 vim_free(p); | |
2951 return retval; | |
2952 } | |
2953 #endif | |
2954 return _mkdir(name); | |
2955 } | |
2956 | |
2957 /* | |
696 | 2958 * Return TRUE if file "fname" has more than one link. |
2959 */ | |
2960 int | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2961 mch_is_hard_link(char_u *fname) |
696 | 2962 { |
2793 | 2963 BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION info; |
2964 | |
2965 return win32_fileinfo(fname, &info) == FILEINFO_OK | |
2966 && info.nNumberOfLinks > 1; | |
2967 } | |
2968 | |
2969 /* | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2970 * Return TRUE if file "fname" is a symbolic link. |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2971 */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2972 int |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2973 mch_is_symbolic_link(char_u *fname) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2974 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2975 HANDLE hFind; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2976 int res = FALSE; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2977 WIN32_FIND_DATAA findDataA; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2978 DWORD fileFlags = 0, reparseTag = 0; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2980 WCHAR *wn = NULL; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2981 WIN32_FIND_DATAW findDataW; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2982 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2983 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2984 wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2985 if (wn != NULL) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2986 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2987 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &findDataW); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2988 vim_free(wn); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2989 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2990 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2991 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2992 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2993 hFind = FindFirstFile(fname, &findDataA); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2994 if (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2995 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2996 fileFlags = findDataA.dwFileAttributes; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2997 reparseTag = findDataA.dwReserved0; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2998 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
2999 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3000 else |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3001 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3002 fileFlags = findDataW.dwFileAttributes; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3003 reparseTag = findDataW.dwReserved0; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3004 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3005 } |
4930
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3006 else |
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3007 #endif |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3008 { |
4930
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3009 hFind = FindFirstFile(fname, &findDataA); |
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3010 if (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) |
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3011 { |
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3012 fileFlags = findDataA.dwFileAttributes; |
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3013 reparseTag = findDataA.dwReserved0; |
7155782d94fb
updated for version 7.3.1210
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4872
diff
changeset
|
3014 } |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3015 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3016 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3017 if (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3018 FindClose(hFind); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3019 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3020 if ((fileFlags & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3021 && reparseTag == IO_REPARSE_TAG_SYMLINK) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3022 res = TRUE; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3023 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3024 return res; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3025 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3026 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3027 /* |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3028 * Return TRUE if file "fname" has more than one link or if it is a symbolic |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3029 * link. |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3030 */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3031 int |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3032 mch_is_linked(char_u *fname) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3033 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3034 if (mch_is_hard_link(fname) || mch_is_symbolic_link(fname)) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3035 return TRUE; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3036 return FALSE; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3037 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3038 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3039 /* |
2793 | 3040 * Get the by-handle-file-information for "fname". |
3041 * Returns FILEINFO_OK when OK. | |
3042 * returns FILEINFO_ENC_FAIL when enc_to_utf16() failed. | |
3043 * Returns FILEINFO_READ_FAIL when CreateFile() failed. | |
3044 * Returns FILEINFO_INFO_FAIL when GetFileInformationByHandle() failed. | |
3045 */ | |
3046 int | |
3047 win32_fileinfo(char_u *fname, BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION *info) | |
3048 { | |
696 | 3049 HANDLE hFile; |
2793 | 3050 int res = FILEINFO_READ_FAIL; |
696 | 3051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3052 WCHAR *wn = NULL; | |
3053 | |
3054 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
2793 | 3055 { |
1752 | 3056 wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL); |
2793 | 3057 if (wn == NULL) |
3058 res = FILEINFO_ENC_FAIL; | |
3059 } | |
696 | 3060 if (wn != NULL) |
3061 { | |
3062 hFile = CreateFileW(wn, /* file name */ | |
3063 GENERIC_READ, /* access mode */ | |
2793 | 3064 FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, /* share mode */ |
696 | 3065 NULL, /* security descriptor */ |
3066 OPEN_EXISTING, /* creation disposition */ | |
2793 | 3067 FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS, /* file attributes */ |
696 | 3068 NULL); /* handle to template file */ |
3069 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
2793 | 3070 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) |
696 | 3071 { |
3072 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
3073 vim_free(wn); | |
3074 wn = NULL; | |
3075 } | |
3076 } | |
3077 if (wn == NULL) | |
3078 #endif | |
3079 hFile = CreateFile(fname, /* file name */ | |
3080 GENERIC_READ, /* access mode */ | |
2793 | 3081 FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, /* share mode */ |
696 | 3082 NULL, /* security descriptor */ |
3083 OPEN_EXISTING, /* creation disposition */ | |
2793 | 3084 FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS, /* file attributes */ |
696 | 3085 NULL); /* handle to template file */ |
3086 | |
3087 if (hFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
3088 { | |
2793 | 3089 if (GetFileInformationByHandle(hFile, info) != 0) |
3090 res = FILEINFO_OK; | |
3091 else | |
3092 res = FILEINFO_INFO_FAIL; | |
696 | 3093 CloseHandle(hFile); |
3094 } | |
3095 | |
3096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3097 vim_free(wn); | |
3098 #endif | |
3099 return res; | |
3100 } | |
3101 | |
3102 /* | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3103 * get file attributes for `name' |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3104 * -1 : error |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3105 * else FILE_ATTRIBUTE_* defined in winnt.h |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3106 */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3107 static |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3108 int |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3109 win32_getattrs(char_u *name) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3110 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3111 int attr; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3113 WCHAR *p = NULL; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3114 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3115 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3116 p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3117 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3118 if (p != NULL) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3119 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3120 attr = GetFileAttributesW(p); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3121 if (attr < 0 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3122 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3123 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3124 vim_free(p); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3125 p = NULL; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3126 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3127 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3128 if (p == NULL) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3129 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3130 attr = GetFileAttributes((char *)name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3132 vim_free(p); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3133 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3134 return attr; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3135 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3136 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3137 /* |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3138 * set file attributes for `name' to `attrs' |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3139 * |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3140 * return -1 for failure, 0 otherwise |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3141 */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3142 static |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3143 int |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3144 win32_setattrs(char_u *name, int attrs) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3145 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3146 int res; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3148 WCHAR *p = NULL; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3149 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3150 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3151 p = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3152 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3153 if (p != NULL) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3154 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3155 res = SetFileAttributesW(p, attrs); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3156 if (res == FALSE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3157 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3158 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3159 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3160 vim_free(p); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3161 p = NULL; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3162 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3163 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3164 if (p == NULL) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3165 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3166 res = SetFileAttributes((char *)name, attrs); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3168 vim_free(p); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3169 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3170 return res ? 0 : -1; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3171 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3172 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3173 /* |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3174 * Set archive flag for "name". |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3175 */ |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3176 static |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3177 int |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3178 win32_set_archive(char_u *name) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3179 { |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3180 int attrs = win32_getattrs(name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3181 if (attrs == -1) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3182 return -1; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3183 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3184 attrs |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE; |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3185 return win32_setattrs(name, attrs); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3186 } |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3187 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3188 /* |
7 | 3189 * Return TRUE if file or directory "name" is writable (not readonly). |
3190 * Strange semantics of Win32: a readonly directory is writable, but you can't | |
3191 * delete a file. Let's say this means it is writable. | |
3192 */ | |
3193 int | |
3194 mch_writable(char_u *name) | |
3195 { | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3196 int attrs = win32_getattrs(name); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3197 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3198 return (attrs != -1 && (!(attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
3199 || (attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY))); |
7 | 3200 } |
3201 | |
3202 /* | |
3203 * Return 1 if "name" can be executed, 0 if not. | |
3204 * Return -1 if unknown. | |
3205 */ | |
3206 int | |
3207 mch_can_exe(char_u *name) | |
3208 { | |
10 | 3209 char_u buf[_MAX_PATH]; |
835 | 3210 int len = (int)STRLEN(name); |
10 | 3211 char_u *p; |
3212 | |
3213 if (len >= _MAX_PATH) /* safety check */ | |
3214 return FALSE; | |
3215 | |
3216 /* If there already is an extension try using the name directly. Also do | |
3217 * this with a Unix-shell like 'shell'. */ | |
3218 if (vim_strchr(gettail(name), '.') != NULL | |
3219 || strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "sh") != NULL) | |
3220 if (executable_exists((char *)name)) | |
3221 return TRUE; | |
3222 | |
3223 /* | |
3224 * Loop over all extensions in $PATHEXT. | |
3225 */ | |
417 | 3226 vim_strncpy(buf, name, _MAX_PATH - 1); |
10 | 3227 p = mch_getenv("PATHEXT"); |
3228 if (p == NULL) | |
3229 p = (char_u *)".com;.exe;.bat;.cmd"; | |
3230 while (*p) | |
3231 { | |
3232 if (p[0] == '.' && (p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ';')) | |
3233 { | |
3234 /* A single "." means no extension is added. */ | |
3235 buf[len] = NUL; | |
3236 ++p; | |
3237 if (*p) | |
3238 ++p; | |
3239 } | |
3240 else | |
3241 copy_option_part(&p, buf + len, _MAX_PATH - len, ";"); | |
3242 if (executable_exists((char *)buf)) | |
3243 return TRUE; | |
3244 } | |
3245 return FALSE; | |
7 | 3246 } |
3247 | |
3248 /* | |
3249 * Check what "name" is: | |
3250 * NODE_NORMAL: file or directory (or doesn't exist) | |
3251 * NODE_WRITABLE: writable device, socket, fifo, etc. | |
3252 * NODE_OTHER: non-writable things | |
3253 */ | |
3254 int | |
3255 mch_nodetype(char_u *name) | |
3256 { | |
3257 HANDLE hFile; | |
3258 int type; | |
5324 | 3259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3260 WCHAR *wn = NULL; | |
3261 #endif | |
7 | 3262 |
1004 | 3263 /* We can't open a file with a name "\\.\con" or "\\.\prn" and trying to |
3264 * read from it later will cause Vim to hang. Thus return NODE_WRITABLE | |
3265 * here. */ | |
3266 if (STRNCMP(name, "\\\\.\\", 4) == 0) | |
3267 return NODE_WRITABLE; | |
3268 | |
5324 | 3269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3270 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
3271 { | |
3272 wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); | |
3273 if (wn != NULL) | |
3274 { | |
3275 hFile = CreateFileW(wn, /* file name */ | |
3276 GENERIC_WRITE, /* access mode */ | |
3277 0, /* share mode */ | |
3278 NULL, /* security descriptor */ | |
3279 OPEN_EXISTING, /* creation disposition */ | |
3280 0, /* file attributes */ | |
3281 NULL); /* handle to template file */ | |
3282 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
3283 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
3284 { | |
3285 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
3286 vim_free(wn); | |
3287 wn = NULL; | |
3288 } | |
3289 } | |
3290 } | |
3291 if (wn == NULL) | |
3292 #endif | |
3293 hFile = CreateFile(name, /* file name */ | |
3294 GENERIC_WRITE, /* access mode */ | |
3295 0, /* share mode */ | |
3296 NULL, /* security descriptor */ | |
3297 OPEN_EXISTING, /* creation disposition */ | |
3298 0, /* file attributes */ | |
3299 NULL); /* handle to template file */ | |
3300 | |
3301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3302 vim_free(wn); | |
3303 #endif | |
7 | 3304 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) |
3305 return NODE_NORMAL; | |
3306 | |
3307 type = GetFileType(hFile); | |
3308 CloseHandle(hFile); | |
3309 if (type == FILE_TYPE_CHAR) | |
3310 return NODE_WRITABLE; | |
3311 if (type == FILE_TYPE_DISK) | |
3312 return NODE_NORMAL; | |
3313 return NODE_OTHER; | |
3314 } | |
3315 | |
3316 #ifdef HAVE_ACL | |
3317 struct my_acl | |
3318 { | |
3319 PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR pSecurityDescriptor; | |
3320 PSID pSidOwner; | |
3321 PSID pSidGroup; | |
3322 PACL pDacl; | |
3323 PACL pSacl; | |
3324 }; | |
3325 #endif | |
3326 | |
3327 /* | |
3328 * Return a pointer to the ACL of file "fname" in allocated memory. | |
3329 * Return NULL if the ACL is not available for whatever reason. | |
3330 */ | |
3331 vim_acl_T | |
26 | 3332 mch_get_acl(char_u *fname) |
7 | 3333 { |
3334 #ifndef HAVE_ACL | |
3335 return (vim_acl_T)NULL; | |
3336 #else | |
3337 struct my_acl *p = NULL; | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3338 DWORD err; |
7 | 3339 |
3340 /* This only works on Windows NT and 2000. */ | |
3341 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT && advapi_lib != NULL) | |
3342 { | |
3343 p = (struct my_acl *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(struct my_acl)); | |
3344 if (p != NULL) | |
3345 { | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3346 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3347 WCHAR *wn = NULL; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3348 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3349 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3350 wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3351 if (wn != NULL) |
7 | 3352 { |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3353 /* Try to retrieve the entire security descriptor. */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3354 err = pGetNamedSecurityInfoW( |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3355 wn, // Abstract filename |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3356 SE_FILE_OBJECT, // File Object |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3357 OWNER_SECURITY_INFORMATION | |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3358 GROUP_SECURITY_INFORMATION | |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3359 DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION | |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3360 SACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3361 &p->pSidOwner, // Ownership information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3362 &p->pSidGroup, // Group membership. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3363 &p->pDacl, // Discretionary information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3364 &p->pSacl, // For auditing purposes. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3365 &p->pSecurityDescriptor); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3366 if (err == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED || |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3367 err == ERROR_PRIVILEGE_NOT_HELD) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3368 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3369 /* Retrieve only DACL. */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3370 (void)pGetNamedSecurityInfoW( |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3371 wn, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3372 SE_FILE_OBJECT, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3373 DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3374 NULL, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3375 NULL, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3376 &p->pDacl, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3377 NULL, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3378 &p->pSecurityDescriptor); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3379 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3380 if (p->pSecurityDescriptor == NULL) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3381 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3382 mch_free_acl((vim_acl_T)p); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3383 p = NULL; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3384 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3385 vim_free(wn); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3386 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3387 else |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3388 # endif |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3389 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3390 /* Try to retrieve the entire security descriptor. */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3391 err = pGetNamedSecurityInfo( |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3392 (LPSTR)fname, // Abstract filename |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3393 SE_FILE_OBJECT, // File Object |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3394 OWNER_SECURITY_INFORMATION | |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3395 GROUP_SECURITY_INFORMATION | |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3396 DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION | |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3397 SACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3398 &p->pSidOwner, // Ownership information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3399 &p->pSidGroup, // Group membership. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3400 &p->pDacl, // Discretionary information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3401 &p->pSacl, // For auditing purposes. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3402 &p->pSecurityDescriptor); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3403 if (err == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED || |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3404 err == ERROR_PRIVILEGE_NOT_HELD) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3405 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3406 /* Retrieve only DACL. */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3407 (void)pGetNamedSecurityInfo( |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3408 (LPSTR)fname, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3409 SE_FILE_OBJECT, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3410 DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3411 NULL, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3412 NULL, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3413 &p->pDacl, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3414 NULL, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3415 &p->pSecurityDescriptor); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3416 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3417 if (p->pSecurityDescriptor == NULL) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3418 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3419 mch_free_acl((vim_acl_T)p); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3420 p = NULL; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3421 } |
7 | 3422 } |
3423 } | |
3424 } | |
3425 | |
3426 return (vim_acl_T)p; | |
3427 #endif | |
3428 } | |
3429 | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3430 #ifdef HAVE_ACL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3431 /* |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3432 * Check if "acl" contains inherited ACE. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3433 */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3434 static BOOL |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3435 is_acl_inherited(PACL acl) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3436 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3437 DWORD i; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3438 ACL_SIZE_INFORMATION acl_info; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3439 PACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE ace; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3440 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3441 acl_info.AceCount = 0; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3442 GetAclInformation(acl, &acl_info, sizeof(acl_info), AclSizeInformation); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3443 for (i = 0; i < acl_info.AceCount; i++) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3444 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3445 GetAce(acl, i, (LPVOID *)&ace); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3446 if (ace->Header.AceFlags & INHERITED_ACE) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3447 return TRUE; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3448 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3449 return FALSE; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3450 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3451 #endif |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3452 |
7 | 3453 /* |
3454 * Set the ACL of file "fname" to "acl" (unless it's NULL). | |
3455 * Errors are ignored. | |
3456 * This must only be called with "acl" equal to what mch_get_acl() returned. | |
3457 */ | |
3458 void | |
26 | 3459 mch_set_acl(char_u *fname, vim_acl_T acl) |
7 | 3460 { |
3461 #ifdef HAVE_ACL | |
3462 struct my_acl *p = (struct my_acl *)acl; | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3463 SECURITY_INFORMATION sec_info = 0; |
7 | 3464 |
3465 if (p != NULL && advapi_lib != NULL) | |
5047
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3466 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3467 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3468 WCHAR *wn = NULL; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3469 # endif |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3470 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3471 /* Set security flags */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3472 if (p->pSidOwner) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3473 sec_info |= OWNER_SECURITY_INFORMATION; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3474 if (p->pSidGroup) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3475 sec_info |= GROUP_SECURITY_INFORMATION; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3476 if (p->pDacl) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3477 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3478 sec_info |= DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3479 /* Do not inherit its parent's DACL. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3480 * If the DACL is inherited, Cygwin permissions would be changed. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3481 */ |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3482 if (!is_acl_inherited(p->pDacl)) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3483 sec_info |= PROTECTED_DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3484 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3485 if (p->pSacl) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3486 sec_info |= SACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION; |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3487 |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3488 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3489 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3490 wn = enc_to_utf16(fname, NULL); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3491 if (wn != NULL) |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3492 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3493 (void)pSetNamedSecurityInfoW( |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3494 wn, // Abstract filename |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3495 SE_FILE_OBJECT, // File Object |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3496 sec_info, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3497 p->pSidOwner, // Ownership information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3498 p->pSidGroup, // Group membership. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3499 p->pDacl, // Discretionary information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3500 p->pSacl // For auditing purposes. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3501 ); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3502 vim_free(wn); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3503 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3504 else |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3505 # endif |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3506 { |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3507 (void)pSetNamedSecurityInfo( |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3508 (LPSTR)fname, // Abstract filename |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3509 SE_FILE_OBJECT, // File Object |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3510 sec_info, |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3511 p->pSidOwner, // Ownership information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3512 p->pSidGroup, // Group membership. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3513 p->pDacl, // Discretionary information. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3514 p->pSacl // For auditing purposes. |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3515 ); |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3516 } |
cabdcfe72dc3
updated for version 7.3.1267
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4930
diff
changeset
|
3517 } |
7 | 3518 #endif |
3519 } | |
3520 | |
3521 void | |
26 | 3522 mch_free_acl(vim_acl_T acl) |
7 | 3523 { |
3524 #ifdef HAVE_ACL | |
3525 struct my_acl *p = (struct my_acl *)acl; | |
3526 | |
3527 if (p != NULL) | |
3528 { | |
3529 LocalFree(p->pSecurityDescriptor); // Free the memory just in case | |
3530 vim_free(p); | |
3531 } | |
3532 #endif | |
3533 } | |
3534 | |
3535 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
3536 | |
3537 /* | |
3538 * handler for ctrl-break, ctrl-c interrupts, and fatal events. | |
3539 */ | |
3540 static BOOL WINAPI | |
3541 handler_routine( | |
3542 DWORD dwCtrlType) | |
3543 { | |
3544 switch (dwCtrlType) | |
3545 { | |
3546 case CTRL_C_EVENT: | |
3547 if (ctrl_c_interrupts) | |
3548 g_fCtrlCPressed = TRUE; | |
3549 return TRUE; | |
3550 | |
3551 case CTRL_BREAK_EVENT: | |
3552 g_fCBrkPressed = TRUE; | |
3553 return TRUE; | |
3554 | |
3555 /* fatal events: shut down gracefully */ | |
3556 case CTRL_CLOSE_EVENT: | |
3557 case CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT: | |
3558 case CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT: | |
3559 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
3560 g_fForceExit = TRUE; | |
3561 | |
1569 | 3562 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Vim: Caught %s event\n"), |
7 | 3563 (dwCtrlType == CTRL_CLOSE_EVENT |
3564 ? _("close") | |
3565 : dwCtrlType == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT | |
3566 ? _("logoff") | |
3567 : _("shutdown"))); | |
3568 #ifdef DEBUG | |
3569 OutputDebugString(IObuff); | |
3570 #endif | |
3571 | |
3572 preserve_exit(); /* output IObuff, preserve files and exit */ | |
3573 | |
3574 return TRUE; /* not reached */ | |
3575 | |
3576 default: | |
3577 return FALSE; | |
3578 } | |
3579 } | |
3580 | |
3581 | |
3582 /* | |
3583 * set the tty in (raw) ? "raw" : "cooked" mode | |
3584 */ | |
3585 void | |
26 | 3586 mch_settmode(int tmode) |
7 | 3587 { |
3588 DWORD cmodein; | |
3589 DWORD cmodeout; | |
3590 BOOL bEnableHandler; | |
3591 | |
3592 GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein); | |
3593 GetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, &cmodeout); | |
3594 if (tmode == TMODE_RAW) | |
3595 { | |
3596 cmodein &= ~(ENABLE_LINE_INPUT | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT | | |
3597 ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT); | |
3598 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
3599 if (g_fMouseActive) | |
3600 cmodein |= ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT; | |
3601 #endif | |
3602 cmodeout &= ~(ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT | ENABLE_WRAP_AT_EOL_OUTPUT); | |
3603 bEnableHandler = TRUE; | |
3604 } | |
3605 else /* cooked */ | |
3606 { | |
3607 cmodein |= (ENABLE_LINE_INPUT | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT | | |
3608 ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT); | |
3609 cmodeout |= (ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT | ENABLE_WRAP_AT_EOL_OUTPUT); | |
3610 bEnableHandler = FALSE; | |
3611 } | |
3612 SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein); | |
3613 SetConsoleMode(g_hConOut, cmodeout); | |
3614 SetConsoleCtrlHandler(handler_routine, bEnableHandler); | |
3615 | |
3616 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
3617 if (fdDump) | |
3618 { | |
3619 fprintf(fdDump, "mch_settmode(%s, in = %x, out = %x)\n", | |
3620 tmode == TMODE_RAW ? "raw" : | |
3621 tmode == TMODE_COOK ? "cooked" : "normal", | |
3622 cmodein, cmodeout); | |
3623 fflush(fdDump); | |
3624 } | |
3625 #endif | |
3626 } | |
3627 | |
3628 | |
3629 /* | |
3630 * Get the size of the current window in `Rows' and `Columns' | |
3631 * Return OK when size could be determined, FAIL otherwise. | |
3632 */ | |
3633 int | |
26 | 3634 mch_get_shellsize(void) |
7 | 3635 { |
3636 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; | |
3637 | |
3638 if (!g_fTermcapMode && g_cbTermcap.IsValid) | |
3639 { | |
3640 /* | |
3641 * For some reason, we are trying to get the screen dimensions | |
3642 * even though we are not in termcap mode. The 'Rows' and 'Columns' | |
3643 * variables are really intended to mean the size of Vim screen | |
3644 * while in termcap mode. | |
3645 */ | |
3646 Rows = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.Y; | |
3647 Columns = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.X; | |
3648 } | |
3649 else if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi)) | |
3650 { | |
3651 Rows = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1; | |
3652 Columns = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1; | |
3653 } | |
3654 else | |
3655 { | |
3656 Rows = 25; | |
3657 Columns = 80; | |
3658 } | |
3659 return OK; | |
3660 } | |
3661 | |
3662 /* | |
3663 * Set a console window to `xSize' * `ySize' | |
3664 */ | |
3665 static void | |
3666 ResizeConBufAndWindow( | |
26 | 3667 HANDLE hConsole, |
3668 int xSize, | |
3669 int ySize) | |
7 | 3670 { |
3671 CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; /* hold current console buffer info */ | |
3672 SMALL_RECT srWindowRect; /* hold the new console size */ | |
3673 COORD coordScreen; | |
3674 | |
3675 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
3676 if (fdDump) | |
3677 { | |
3678 fprintf(fdDump, "ResizeConBufAndWindow(%d, %d)\n", xSize, ySize); | |
3679 fflush(fdDump); | |
3680 } | |
3681 #endif | |
3682 | |
3683 /* get the largest size we can size the console window to */ | |
3684 coordScreen = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(hConsole); | |
3685 | |
3686 /* define the new console window size and scroll position */ | |
3687 srWindowRect.Left = srWindowRect.Top = (SHORT) 0; | |
3688 srWindowRect.Right = (SHORT) (min(xSize, coordScreen.X) - 1); | |
3689 srWindowRect.Bottom = (SHORT) (min(ySize, coordScreen.Y) - 1); | |
3690 | |
3691 if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(g_hConOut, &csbi)) | |
3692 { | |
3693 int sx, sy; | |
3694 | |
3695 sx = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1; | |
3696 sy = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1; | |
3697 if (sy < ySize || sx < xSize) | |
3698 { | |
3699 /* | |
3700 * Increasing number of lines/columns, do buffer first. | |
3701 * Use the maximal size in x and y direction. | |
3702 */ | |
3703 if (sy < ySize) | |
3704 coordScreen.Y = ySize; | |
3705 else | |
3706 coordScreen.Y = sy; | |
3707 if (sx < xSize) | |
3708 coordScreen.X = xSize; | |
3709 else | |
3710 coordScreen.X = sx; | |
3711 SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(hConsole, coordScreen); | |
3712 } | |
3713 } | |
3714 | |
3715 if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &srWindowRect)) | |
3716 { | |
3717 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
3718 if (fdDump) | |
3719 { | |
3720 fprintf(fdDump, "SetConsoleWindowInfo failed: %lx\n", | |
3721 GetLastError()); | |
3722 fflush(fdDump); | |
3723 } | |
3724 #endif | |
3725 } | |
3726 | |
3727 /* define the new console buffer size */ | |
3728 coordScreen.X = xSize; | |
3729 coordScreen.Y = ySize; | |
3730 | |
3731 if (!SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(hConsole, coordScreen)) | |
3732 { | |
3733 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
3734 if (fdDump) | |
3735 { | |
3736 fprintf(fdDump, "SetConsoleScreenBufferSize failed: %lx\n", | |
3737 GetLastError()); | |
3738 fflush(fdDump); | |
3739 } | |
3740 #endif | |
3741 } | |
3742 } | |
3743 | |
3744 | |
3745 /* | |
3746 * Set the console window to `Rows' * `Columns' | |
3747 */ | |
3748 void | |
26 | 3749 mch_set_shellsize(void) |
7 | 3750 { |
3751 COORD coordScreen; | |
3752 | |
3753 /* Don't change window size while still starting up */ | |
3754 if (suppress_winsize != 0) | |
3755 { | |
3756 suppress_winsize = 2; | |
3757 return; | |
3758 } | |
3759 | |
3760 if (term_console) | |
3761 { | |
3762 coordScreen = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(g_hConOut); | |
3763 | |
3764 /* Clamp Rows and Columns to reasonable values */ | |
3765 if (Rows > coordScreen.Y) | |
3766 Rows = coordScreen.Y; | |
3767 if (Columns > coordScreen.X) | |
3768 Columns = coordScreen.X; | |
3769 | |
3770 ResizeConBufAndWindow(g_hConOut, Columns, Rows); | |
3771 } | |
3772 } | |
3773 | |
3774 /* | |
3775 * Rows and/or Columns has changed. | |
3776 */ | |
3777 void | |
26 | 3778 mch_new_shellsize(void) |
7 | 3779 { |
3780 set_scroll_region(0, 0, Columns - 1, Rows - 1); | |
3781 } | |
3782 | |
3783 | |
3784 /* | |
3785 * Called when started up, to set the winsize that was delayed. | |
3786 */ | |
3787 void | |
26 | 3788 mch_set_winsize_now(void) |
7 | 3789 { |
3790 if (suppress_winsize == 2) | |
3791 { | |
3792 suppress_winsize = 0; | |
3793 mch_set_shellsize(); | |
3794 shell_resized(); | |
3795 } | |
3796 suppress_winsize = 0; | |
3797 } | |
3798 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
3799 | |
3800 | |
3801 | |
3802 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_W32) || defined(PROTO) | |
3803 | |
3804 /* | |
3805 * Specialised version of system() for Win32 GUI mode. | |
3806 * This version proceeds as follows: | |
3807 * 1. Create a console window for use by the subprocess | |
3808 * 2. Run the subprocess (it gets the allocated console by default) | |
3809 * 3. Wait for the subprocess to terminate and get its exit code | |
3810 * 4. Prompt the user to press a key to close the console window | |
3811 */ | |
3812 static int | |
2935 | 3813 mch_system_classic(char *cmd, int options) |
7 | 3814 { |
3815 STARTUPINFO si; | |
3816 PROCESS_INFORMATION pi; | |
3817 DWORD ret = 0; | |
3818 HWND hwnd = GetFocus(); | |
3819 | |
3820 si.cb = sizeof(si); | |
3821 si.lpReserved = NULL; | |
3822 si.lpDesktop = NULL; | |
3823 si.lpTitle = NULL; | |
3824 si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW; | |
3825 /* | |
3826 * It's nicer to run a filter command in a minimized window, but in | |
3827 * Windows 95 this makes the command MUCH slower. We can't do it under | |
3828 * Win32s either as it stops the synchronous spawn workaround working. | |
2643 | 3829 * Don't activate the window to keep focus on Vim. |
7 | 3830 */ |
3831 if ((options & SHELL_DOOUT) && !mch_windows95() && !gui_is_win32s()) | |
2643 | 3832 si.wShowWindow = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE; |
7 | 3833 else |
3834 si.wShowWindow = SW_SHOWNORMAL; | |
3835 si.cbReserved2 = 0; | |
3836 si.lpReserved2 = NULL; | |
3837 | |
3838 /* There is a strange error on Windows 95 when using "c:\\command.com". | |
3839 * When the "c:\\" is left out it works OK...? */ | |
3840 if (mch_windows95() | |
3841 && (STRNICMP(cmd, "c:/command.com", 14) == 0 | |
3842 || STRNICMP(cmd, "c:\\command.com", 14) == 0)) | |
3843 cmd += 3; | |
3844 | |
3845 /* Now, run the command */ | |
3846 CreateProcess(NULL, /* Executable name */ | |
3847 cmd, /* Command to execute */ | |
3848 NULL, /* Process security attributes */ | |
3849 NULL, /* Thread security attributes */ | |
3850 FALSE, /* Inherit handles */ | |
3851 CREATE_DEFAULT_ERROR_MODE | /* Creation flags */ | |
3852 CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE, | |
3853 NULL, /* Environment */ | |
3854 NULL, /* Current directory */ | |
3855 &si, /* Startup information */ | |
3856 &pi); /* Process information */ | |
3857 | |
3858 | |
3859 /* Wait for the command to terminate before continuing */ | |
3860 if (g_PlatformId != VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s) | |
3861 { | |
3862 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3863 int delay = 1; | |
3864 | |
3865 /* Keep updating the window while waiting for the shell to finish. */ | |
3866 for (;;) | |
3867 { | |
3868 MSG msg; | |
3869 | |
3010 | 3870 if (pPeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)NULL, 0, 0, PM_REMOVE)) |
7 | 3871 { |
3872 TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
3010 | 3873 pDispatchMessage(&msg); |
3720 | 3874 delay = 1; |
3875 continue; | |
7 | 3876 } |
3877 if (WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, delay) != WAIT_TIMEOUT) | |
3878 break; | |
3879 | |
3880 /* We start waiting for a very short time and then increase it, so | |
3881 * that we respond quickly when the process is quick, and don't | |
3882 * consume too much overhead when it's slow. */ | |
3883 if (delay < 50) | |
3884 delay += 10; | |
3885 } | |
3886 #else | |
3887 WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE); | |
3888 #endif | |
3889 | |
3890 /* Get the command exit code */ | |
3891 GetExitCodeProcess(pi.hProcess, &ret); | |
3892 } | |
3893 else | |
3894 { | |
3895 /* | |
3896 * This ugly code is the only quick way of performing | |
3897 * a synchronous spawn under Win32s. Yuk. | |
3898 */ | |
3899 num_windows = 0; | |
3900 EnumWindows(win32ssynch_cb, 0); | |
3901 old_num_windows = num_windows; | |
3902 do | |
3903 { | |
3904 Sleep(1000); | |
3905 num_windows = 0; | |
3906 EnumWindows(win32ssynch_cb, 0); | |
3907 } while (num_windows == old_num_windows); | |
3908 ret = 0; | |
3909 } | |
3910 | |
3911 /* Close the handles to the subprocess, so that it goes away */ | |
3912 CloseHandle(pi.hThread); | |
3913 CloseHandle(pi.hProcess); | |
3914 | |
3915 /* Try to get input focus back. Doesn't always work though. */ | |
3916 PostMessage(hwnd, WM_SETFOCUS, 0, 0); | |
3917 | |
3918 return ret; | |
3919 } | |
2935 | 3920 |
3921 /* | |
3922 * Thread launched by the gui to send the current buffer data to the | |
3923 * process. This way avoid to hang up vim totally if the children | |
3924 * process take a long time to process the lines. | |
3925 */ | |
3926 static DWORD WINAPI | |
3927 sub_process_writer(LPVOID param) | |
3928 { | |
3929 HANDLE g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = param; | |
3930 linenr_T lnum = curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
3931 DWORD len = 0; | |
3932 DWORD l; | |
3933 char_u *lp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3934 char_u *s; | |
3935 int written = 0; | |
3936 | |
3937 for (;;) | |
3938 { | |
3939 l = (DWORD)STRLEN(lp + written); | |
3940 if (l == 0) | |
3941 len = 0; | |
3942 else if (lp[written] == NL) | |
3943 { | |
3944 /* NL -> NUL translation */ | |
3945 WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, "", 1, &len, NULL); | |
3946 } | |
3947 else | |
3948 { | |
3949 s = vim_strchr(lp + written, NL); | |
3950 WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, (char *)lp + written, | |
3951 s == NULL ? l : (DWORD)(s - (lp + written)), | |
3952 &len, NULL); | |
3953 } | |
3954 if (len == (int)l) | |
3955 { | |
3956 /* Finished a line, add a NL, unless this line should not have | |
3957 * one. */ | |
3958 if (lnum != curbuf->b_op_end.lnum | |
3959 || !curbuf->b_p_bin | |
3960 || (lnum != curbuf->b_no_eol_lnum | |
3961 && (lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
3962 || curbuf->b_p_eol))) | |
3963 { | |
4238 | 3964 WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, "\n", 1, (LPDWORD)&ignored, NULL); |
2935 | 3965 } |
3966 | |
3967 ++lnum; | |
3968 if (lnum > curbuf->b_op_end.lnum) | |
3969 break; | |
3970 | |
3971 lp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3972 written = 0; | |
3973 } | |
3974 else if (len > 0) | |
3975 written += len; | |
3976 } | |
3977 | |
3978 /* finished all the lines, close pipe */ | |
3979 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr); | |
3980 ExitThread(0); | |
3981 } | |
3982 | |
3983 | |
3984 # define BUFLEN 100 /* length for buffer, stolen from unix version */ | |
3985 | |
3986 /* | |
3987 * This function read from the children's stdout and write the | |
3988 * data on screen or in the buffer accordingly. | |
3989 */ | |
3990 static void | |
3991 dump_pipe(int options, | |
3992 HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, | |
3993 garray_T *ga, | |
3994 char_u buffer[], | |
3995 DWORD *buffer_off) | |
3996 { | |
3997 DWORD availableBytes = 0; | |
3998 DWORD i; | |
3999 int ret; | |
4000 DWORD len; | |
4001 DWORD toRead; | |
4002 int repeatCount; | |
4003 | |
4004 /* we query the pipe to see if there is any data to read | |
4005 * to avoid to perform a blocking read */ | |
4006 ret = PeekNamedPipe(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, /* pipe to query */ | |
4007 NULL, /* optional buffer */ | |
3622 | 4008 0, /* buffer size */ |
2935 | 4009 NULL, /* number of read bytes */ |
4010 &availableBytes, /* available bytes total */ | |
4011 NULL); /* byteLeft */ | |
4012 | |
4013 repeatCount = 0; | |
4014 /* We got real data in the pipe, read it */ | |
3622 | 4015 while (ret != 0 && availableBytes > 0) |
2935 | 4016 { |
4017 repeatCount++; | |
4018 toRead = | |
4019 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4020 (DWORD)(BUFLEN - *buffer_off); | |
4021 # else | |
4022 (DWORD)BUFLEN; | |
4023 # endif | |
4024 toRead = availableBytes < toRead ? availableBytes : toRead; | |
4025 ReadFile(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, buffer | |
4026 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4027 + *buffer_off, toRead | |
4028 # else | |
4029 , toRead | |
4030 # endif | |
4031 , &len, NULL); | |
4032 | |
4033 /* If we haven't read anything, there is a problem */ | |
4034 if (len == 0) | |
4035 break; | |
4036 | |
4037 availableBytes -= len; | |
4038 | |
4039 if (options & SHELL_READ) | |
4040 { | |
4041 /* Do NUL -> NL translation, append NL separated | |
4042 * lines to the current buffer. */ | |
4043 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
4044 { | |
4045 if (buffer[i] == NL) | |
4046 append_ga_line(ga); | |
4047 else if (buffer[i] == NUL) | |
4048 ga_append(ga, NL); | |
4049 else | |
4050 ga_append(ga, buffer[i]); | |
4051 } | |
4052 } | |
4053 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4054 else if (has_mbyte) | |
4055 { | |
4056 int l; | |
3030 | 4057 int c; |
4058 char_u *p; | |
2935 | 4059 |
4060 len += *buffer_off; | |
4061 buffer[len] = NUL; | |
4062 | |
4063 /* Check if the last character in buffer[] is | |
4064 * incomplete, keep these bytes for the next | |
4065 * round. */ | |
4066 for (p = buffer; p < buffer + len; p += l) | |
4067 { | |
4068 l = mb_cptr2len(p); | |
4069 if (l == 0) | |
4070 l = 1; /* NUL byte? */ | |
4071 else if (MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) != l) | |
4072 break; | |
4073 } | |
4074 if (p == buffer) /* no complete character */ | |
4075 { | |
4076 /* avoid getting stuck at an illegal byte */ | |
4077 if (len >= 12) | |
4078 ++p; | |
4079 else | |
4080 { | |
4081 *buffer_off = len; | |
4082 return; | |
4083 } | |
4084 } | |
4085 c = *p; | |
4086 *p = NUL; | |
4087 msg_puts(buffer); | |
4088 if (p < buffer + len) | |
4089 { | |
4090 *p = c; | |
4091 *buffer_off = (DWORD)((buffer + len) - p); | |
4092 mch_memmove(buffer, p, *buffer_off); | |
4093 return; | |
4094 } | |
4095 *buffer_off = 0; | |
4096 } | |
4097 # endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */ | |
4098 else | |
4099 { | |
4100 buffer[len] = NUL; | |
4101 msg_puts(buffer); | |
4102 } | |
4103 | |
4104 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
4105 cursor_on(); | |
4106 out_flush(); | |
4107 } | |
4108 } | |
4109 | |
4110 /* | |
4111 * Version of system to use for windows NT > 5.0 (Win2K), use pipe | |
4112 * for communication and doesn't open any new window. | |
4113 */ | |
4114 static int | |
4115 mch_system_piped(char *cmd, int options) | |
4116 { | |
4117 STARTUPINFO si; | |
4118 PROCESS_INFORMATION pi; | |
4119 DWORD ret = 0; | |
4120 | |
4121 HANDLE g_hChildStd_IN_Rd = NULL; | |
4122 HANDLE g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = NULL; | |
4123 HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd = NULL; | |
4124 HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr = NULL; | |
4125 | |
4126 char_u buffer[BUFLEN + 1]; /* reading buffer + size */ | |
4127 DWORD len; | |
4128 | |
4129 /* buffer used to receive keys */ | |
4130 char_u ta_buf[BUFLEN + 1]; /* TypeAHead */ | |
4131 int ta_len = 0; /* valid bytes in ta_buf[] */ | |
4132 | |
4133 DWORD i; | |
4134 int c; | |
4135 int noread_cnt = 0; | |
4136 garray_T ga; | |
4137 int delay = 1; | |
4138 DWORD buffer_off = 0; /* valid bytes in buffer[] */ | |
3361 | 4139 char *p = NULL; |
2935 | 4140 |
4141 SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES saAttr; | |
4142 | |
4143 /* Set the bInheritHandle flag so pipe handles are inherited. */ | |
4144 saAttr.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES); | |
4145 saAttr.bInheritHandle = TRUE; | |
4146 saAttr.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL; | |
4147 | |
4148 if ( ! CreatePipe(&g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr, &saAttr, 0) | |
4149 /* Ensure the read handle to the pipe for STDOUT is not inherited. */ | |
4150 || ! pSetHandleInformation(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0) | |
4151 /* Create a pipe for the child process's STDIN. */ | |
4152 || ! CreatePipe(&g_hChildStd_IN_Rd, &g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, &saAttr, 0) | |
4153 /* Ensure the write handle to the pipe for STDIN is not inherited. */ | |
4154 || ! pSetHandleInformation(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0) ) | |
4155 { | |
4156 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Rd); | |
4157 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr); | |
4158 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd); | |
4159 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr); | |
4160 MSG_PUTS(_("\nCannot create pipes\n")); | |
4161 } | |
4162 | |
4163 si.cb = sizeof(si); | |
4164 si.lpReserved = NULL; | |
4165 si.lpDesktop = NULL; | |
4166 si.lpTitle = NULL; | |
4167 si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW | STARTF_USESTDHANDLES; | |
4168 | |
4169 /* set-up our file redirection */ | |
4170 si.hStdError = g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr; | |
4171 si.hStdOutput = g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr; | |
4172 si.hStdInput = g_hChildStd_IN_Rd; | |
4173 si.wShowWindow = SW_HIDE; | |
4174 si.cbReserved2 = 0; | |
4175 si.lpReserved2 = NULL; | |
4176 | |
4177 if (options & SHELL_READ) | |
4178 ga_init2(&ga, 1, BUFLEN); | |
4179 | |
3361 | 4180 if (cmd != NULL) |
4181 { | |
4182 p = (char *)vim_strsave((char_u *)cmd); | |
4183 if (p != NULL) | |
4184 unescape_shellxquote((char_u *)p, p_sxe); | |
4185 else | |
4186 p = cmd; | |
4187 } | |
4188 | |
2935 | 4189 /* Now, run the command */ |
4190 CreateProcess(NULL, /* Executable name */ | |
3361 | 4191 p, /* Command to execute */ |
2935 | 4192 NULL, /* Process security attributes */ |
4193 NULL, /* Thread security attributes */ | |
4194 | |
3622 | 4195 // this command can be litigious, handle inheritance was |
2935 | 4196 // deactivated for pending temp file, but, if we deactivate |
4197 // it, the pipes don't work for some reason. | |
4198 TRUE, /* Inherit handles, first deactivated, | |
4199 * but needed */ | |
4200 CREATE_DEFAULT_ERROR_MODE, /* Creation flags */ | |
4201 NULL, /* Environment */ | |
4202 NULL, /* Current directory */ | |
4203 &si, /* Startup information */ | |
4204 &pi); /* Process information */ | |
4205 | |
3361 | 4206 if (p != cmd) |
4207 vim_free(p); | |
2935 | 4208 |
4209 /* Close our unused side of the pipes */ | |
4210 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Rd); | |
4211 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr); | |
4212 | |
4213 if (options & SHELL_WRITE) | |
4214 { | |
4215 HANDLE thread = | |
4216 CreateThread(NULL, /* security attributes */ | |
4217 0, /* default stack size */ | |
4218 sub_process_writer, /* function to be executed */ | |
4219 g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, /* parameter */ | |
4220 0, /* creation flag, start immediately */ | |
4221 NULL); /* we don't care about thread id */ | |
4222 CloseHandle(thread); | |
4223 g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = NULL; | |
4224 } | |
4225 | |
4226 /* Keep updating the window while waiting for the shell to finish. */ | |
4227 for (;;) | |
4228 { | |
4229 MSG msg; | |
4230 | |
4231 if (PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)NULL, 0, 0, PM_REMOVE)) | |
4232 { | |
4233 TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
4234 DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
4235 } | |
4236 | |
4237 /* write pipe information in the window */ | |
4238 if ((options & (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE)) | |
4239 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
4240 || gui.in_use | |
4241 # endif | |
4242 ) | |
4243 { | |
4244 len = 0; | |
4245 if (!(options & SHELL_EXPAND) | |
4246 && ((options & | |
4247 (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_COOKED)) | |
4248 != (SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE|SHELL_COOKED) | |
4249 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
4250 || gui.in_use | |
4251 # endif | |
4252 ) | |
4253 && (ta_len > 0 || noread_cnt > 4)) | |
4254 { | |
4255 if (ta_len == 0) | |
4256 { | |
4257 /* Get extra characters when we don't have any. Reset the | |
4258 * counter and timer. */ | |
4259 noread_cnt = 0; | |
4260 # if defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) && defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) | |
4261 gettimeofday(&start_tv, NULL); | |
4262 # endif | |
4263 len = ui_inchar(ta_buf, BUFLEN, 10L, 0); | |
4264 } | |
4265 if (ta_len > 0 || len > 0) | |
4266 { | |
4267 /* | |
4268 * For pipes: Check for CTRL-C: send interrupt signal to | |
4269 * child. Check for CTRL-D: EOF, close pipe to child. | |
4270 */ | |
4271 if (len == 1 && cmd != NULL) | |
4272 { | |
4273 if (ta_buf[ta_len] == Ctrl_C) | |
4274 { | |
4275 /* Learn what exit code is expected, for | |
4276 * now put 9 as SIGKILL */ | |
4277 TerminateProcess(pi.hProcess, 9); | |
4278 } | |
4279 if (ta_buf[ta_len] == Ctrl_D) | |
4280 { | |
4281 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr); | |
4282 g_hChildStd_IN_Wr = NULL; | |
4283 } | |
4284 } | |
4285 | |
4286 /* replace K_BS by <BS> and K_DEL by <DEL> */ | |
4287 for (i = ta_len; i < ta_len + len; ++i) | |
4288 { | |
4289 if (ta_buf[i] == CSI && len - i > 2) | |
4290 { | |
4291 c = TERMCAP2KEY(ta_buf[i + 1], ta_buf[i + 2]); | |
4292 if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS) | |
4293 { | |
4294 mch_memmove(ta_buf + i + 1, ta_buf + i + 3, | |
4295 (size_t)(len - i - 2)); | |
4296 if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL) | |
4297 ta_buf[i] = DEL; | |
4298 else | |
4299 ta_buf[i] = Ctrl_H; | |
4300 len -= 2; | |
4301 } | |
4302 } | |
4303 else if (ta_buf[i] == '\r') | |
4304 ta_buf[i] = '\n'; | |
4305 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4306 if (has_mbyte) | |
4307 i += (*mb_ptr2len_len)(ta_buf + i, | |
4308 ta_len + len - i) - 1; | |
4309 # endif | |
4310 } | |
4311 | |
4312 /* | |
4313 * For pipes: echo the typed characters. For a pty this | |
4314 * does not seem to work. | |
4315 */ | |
4316 for (i = ta_len; i < ta_len + len; ++i) | |
4317 { | |
4318 if (ta_buf[i] == '\n' || ta_buf[i] == '\b') | |
4319 msg_putchar(ta_buf[i]); | |
4320 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4321 else if (has_mbyte) | |
4322 { | |
4323 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ta_buf + i); | |
4324 | |
4325 msg_outtrans_len(ta_buf + i, l); | |
4326 i += l - 1; | |
4327 } | |
4328 # endif | |
4329 else | |
4330 msg_outtrans_len(ta_buf + i, 1); | |
4331 } | |
4332 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
4333 out_flush(); | |
4334 | |
4335 ta_len += len; | |
4336 | |
4337 /* | |
4338 * Write the characters to the child, unless EOF has been | |
4339 * typed for pipes. Write one character at a time, to | |
4340 * avoid losing too much typeahead. When writing buffer | |
4341 * lines, drop the typed characters (only check for | |
4342 * CTRL-C). | |
4343 */ | |
4344 if (options & SHELL_WRITE) | |
4345 ta_len = 0; | |
4346 else if (g_hChildStd_IN_Wr != NULL) | |
4347 { | |
4348 WriteFile(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr, (char*)ta_buf, | |
4349 1, &len, NULL); | |
4350 // if we are typing in, we want to keep things reactive | |
4351 delay = 1; | |
4352 if (len > 0) | |
4353 { | |
4354 ta_len -= len; | |
4355 mch_memmove(ta_buf, ta_buf + len, ta_len); | |
4356 } | |
4357 } | |
4358 } | |
4359 } | |
4360 } | |
4361 | |
4362 if (ta_len) | |
4363 ui_inchar_undo(ta_buf, ta_len); | |
4364 | |
4365 if (WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, delay) != WAIT_TIMEOUT) | |
4366 { | |
3030 | 4367 dump_pipe(options, g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &ga, buffer, &buffer_off); |
2935 | 4368 break; |
4369 } | |
4370 | |
4371 ++noread_cnt; | |
3030 | 4372 dump_pipe(options, g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &ga, buffer, &buffer_off); |
2935 | 4373 |
4374 /* We start waiting for a very short time and then increase it, so | |
4375 * that we respond quickly when the process is quick, and don't | |
4376 * consume too much overhead when it's slow. */ | |
4377 if (delay < 50) | |
4378 delay += 10; | |
4379 } | |
4380 | |
4381 /* Close the pipe */ | |
4382 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd); | |
4383 if (g_hChildStd_IN_Wr != NULL) | |
4384 CloseHandle(g_hChildStd_IN_Wr); | |
4385 | |
4386 WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE); | |
4387 | |
4388 /* Get the command exit code */ | |
4389 GetExitCodeProcess(pi.hProcess, &ret); | |
4390 | |
4391 if (options & SHELL_READ) | |
4392 { | |
4393 if (ga.ga_len > 0) | |
4394 { | |
4395 append_ga_line(&ga); | |
4396 /* remember that the NL was missing */ | |
4397 curbuf->b_no_eol_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4398 } | |
4399 else | |
4400 curbuf->b_no_eol_lnum = 0; | |
4401 ga_clear(&ga); | |
4402 } | |
4403 | |
4404 /* Close the handles to the subprocess, so that it goes away */ | |
4405 CloseHandle(pi.hThread); | |
4406 CloseHandle(pi.hProcess); | |
4407 | |
4408 return ret; | |
4409 } | |
4410 | |
4411 static int | |
4412 mch_system(char *cmd, int options) | |
4413 { | |
4414 /* if we can pipe and the shelltemp option is off */ | |
4415 if (allowPiping && !p_stmp) | |
4416 return mch_system_piped(cmd, options); | |
4417 else | |
4418 return mch_system_classic(cmd, options); | |
4419 } | |
7 | 4420 #else |
4421 | |
4422 # define mch_system(c, o) system(c) | |
4423 | |
4424 #endif | |
4425 | |
4426 /* | |
4427 * Either execute a command by calling the shell or start a new shell | |
4428 */ | |
4429 int | |
4430 mch_call_shell( | |
26 | 4431 char_u *cmd, |
4432 int options) /* SHELL_*, see vim.h */ | |
7 | 4433 { |
4434 int x = 0; | |
4435 int tmode = cur_tmode; | |
4436 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
4437 char szShellTitle[512]; | |
4438 | |
4439 /* Change the title to reflect that we are in a subshell. */ | |
4440 if (GetConsoleTitle(szShellTitle, sizeof(szShellTitle) - 4) > 0) | |
4441 { | |
4442 if (cmd == NULL) | |
4443 strcat(szShellTitle, " :sh"); | |
4444 else | |
4445 { | |
4446 strcat(szShellTitle, " - !"); | |
4447 if ((strlen(szShellTitle) + strlen(cmd) < sizeof(szShellTitle))) | |
4448 strcat(szShellTitle, cmd); | |
4449 } | |
4450 mch_settitle(szShellTitle, NULL); | |
4451 } | |
4452 #endif | |
4453 | |
4454 out_flush(); | |
4455 | |
4456 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
4457 if (fdDump) | |
4458 { | |
4459 fprintf(fdDump, "mch_call_shell(\"%s\", %d)\n", cmd, options); | |
4460 fflush(fdDump); | |
4461 } | |
4462 #endif | |
4463 | |
4464 /* | |
4465 * Catch all deadly signals while running the external command, because a | |
4466 * CTRL-C, Ctrl-Break or illegal instruction might otherwise kill us. | |
4467 */ | |
4468 signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN); | |
4469 #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MINGW32__) | |
4470 signal(SIGKILL, SIG_IGN); | |
4471 #else | |
4472 signal(SIGBREAK, SIG_IGN); | |
4473 #endif | |
4474 signal(SIGILL, SIG_IGN); | |
4475 signal(SIGFPE, SIG_IGN); | |
4476 signal(SIGSEGV, SIG_IGN); | |
4477 signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN); | |
4478 signal(SIGABRT, SIG_IGN); | |
4479 | |
4480 if (options & SHELL_COOKED) | |
4481 settmode(TMODE_COOK); /* set to normal mode */ | |
4482 | |
4483 if (cmd == NULL) | |
4484 { | |
4485 x = mch_system(p_sh, options); | |
4486 } | |
4487 else | |
4488 { | |
4489 /* we use "command" or "cmd" to start the shell; slow but easy */ | |
3363 | 4490 char_u *newcmd = NULL; |
4491 char_u *cmdbase = cmd; | |
4492 long_u cmdlen; | |
3361 | 4493 |
4494 /* Skip a leading ", ( and "(. */ | |
4495 if (*cmdbase == '"' ) | |
4496 ++cmdbase; | |
4497 if (*cmdbase == '(') | |
4498 ++cmdbase; | |
4499 | |
4500 if ((STRNICMP(cmdbase, "start", 5) == 0) && vim_iswhite(cmdbase[5])) | |
4501 { | |
4502 STARTUPINFO si; | |
4503 PROCESS_INFORMATION pi; | |
4504 DWORD flags = CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE; | |
4505 char_u *p; | |
4506 | |
4507 si.cb = sizeof(si); | |
4508 si.lpReserved = NULL; | |
4509 si.lpDesktop = NULL; | |
4510 si.lpTitle = NULL; | |
4511 si.dwFlags = 0; | |
4512 si.cbReserved2 = 0; | |
4513 si.lpReserved2 = NULL; | |
4514 | |
4515 cmdbase = skipwhite(cmdbase + 5); | |
4516 if ((STRNICMP(cmdbase, "/min", 4) == 0) | |
4517 && vim_iswhite(cmdbase[4])) | |
4518 { | |
4519 cmdbase = skipwhite(cmdbase + 4); | |
4520 si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW; | |
4521 si.wShowWindow = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE; | |
4522 } | |
4523 else if ((STRNICMP(cmdbase, "/b", 2) == 0) | |
4524 && vim_iswhite(cmdbase[2])) | |
4525 { | |
4526 cmdbase = skipwhite(cmdbase + 2); | |
4527 flags = CREATE_NO_WINDOW; | |
4528 si.dwFlags = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES; | |
4529 si.hStdInput = CreateFile("\\\\.\\NUL", // File name | |
3363 | 4530 GENERIC_READ, // Access flags |
3361 | 4531 0, // Share flags |
3363 | 4532 NULL, // Security att. |
4533 OPEN_EXISTING, // Open flags | |
4534 FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, // File att. | |
4535 NULL); // Temp file | |
3361 | 4536 si.hStdOutput = si.hStdInput; |
4537 si.hStdError = si.hStdInput; | |
4538 } | |
4539 | |
4540 /* Remove a trailing ", ) and )" if they have a match | |
4541 * at the start of the command. */ | |
4542 if (cmdbase > cmd) | |
4543 { | |
4544 p = cmdbase + STRLEN(cmdbase); | |
4545 if (p > cmdbase && p[-1] == '"' && *cmd == '"') | |
4546 *--p = NUL; | |
4547 if (p > cmdbase && p[-1] == ')' | |
4548 && (*cmd =='(' || cmd[1] == '(')) | |
4549 *--p = NUL; | |
4550 } | |
4551 | |
3363 | 4552 newcmd = cmdbase; |
4553 unescape_shellxquote(cmdbase, p_sxe); | |
4554 | |
3361 | 4555 /* |
3363 | 4556 * If creating new console, arguments are passed to the |
4557 * 'cmd.exe' as-is. If it's not, arguments are not treated | |
4558 * correctly for current 'cmd.exe'. So unescape characters in | |
4559 * shellxescape except '|' for avoiding to be treated as | |
4560 * argument to them. Pass the arguments to sub-shell. | |
3361 | 4561 */ |
3363 | 4562 if (flags != CREATE_NEW_CONSOLE) |
4563 { | |
4564 char_u *subcmd; | |
3367 | 4565 char_u *cmd_shell = mch_getenv("COMSPEC"); |
4566 | |
4567 if (cmd_shell == NULL || *cmd_shell == NUL) | |
4568 cmd_shell = default_shell(); | |
3363 | 4569 |
4570 subcmd = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cmdbase, "|", '^', FALSE); | |
4571 if (subcmd != NULL) | |
4572 { | |
4573 /* make "cmd.exe /c arguments" */ | |
4574 cmdlen = STRLEN(cmd_shell) + STRLEN(subcmd) + 5; | |
4575 newcmd = lalloc(cmdlen, TRUE); | |
4576 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
4577 vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s /c %s", | |
3367 | 4578 cmd_shell, subcmd); |
3363 | 4579 else |
4580 newcmd = cmdbase; | |
3367 | 4581 vim_free(subcmd); |
3363 | 4582 } |
4583 } | |
3361 | 4584 |
4585 /* | |
4586 * Now, start the command as a process, so that it doesn't | |
4587 * inherit our handles which causes unpleasant dangling swap | |
4588 * files if we exit before the spawned process | |
4589 */ | |
4590 if (CreateProcess(NULL, // Executable name | |
3363 | 4591 newcmd, // Command to execute |
3361 | 4592 NULL, // Process security attributes |
4593 NULL, // Thread security attributes | |
4594 FALSE, // Inherit handles | |
4595 flags, // Creation flags | |
4596 NULL, // Environment | |
4597 NULL, // Current directory | |
4598 &si, // Startup information | |
4599 &pi)) // Process information | |
4600 x = 0; | |
4601 else | |
4602 { | |
4603 x = -1; | |
4604 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
4605 EMSG(_("E371: Command not found")); | |
4606 #endif | |
4607 } | |
3363 | 4608 |
4609 if (newcmd != cmdbase) | |
4610 vim_free(newcmd); | |
4611 | |
3361 | 4612 if (si.hStdInput != NULL) |
4613 { | |
4614 /* Close the handle to \\.\NUL */ | |
4615 CloseHandle(si.hStdInput); | |
4616 } | |
4617 /* Close the handles to the subprocess, so that it goes away */ | |
4618 CloseHandle(pi.hThread); | |
4619 CloseHandle(pi.hProcess); | |
4620 } | |
4621 else | |
4622 { | |
3363 | 4623 cmdlen = ( |
7 | 4624 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
2935 | 4625 (allowPiping && !p_stmp ? 0 : STRLEN(vimrun_path)) + |
7 | 4626 #endif |
1569 | 4627 STRLEN(p_sh) + STRLEN(p_shcf) + STRLEN(cmd) + 10); |
4628 | |
3361 | 4629 newcmd = lalloc(cmdlen, TRUE); |
4630 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
7 | 4631 { |
4632 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_W32) | |
4633 if (need_vimrun_warning) | |
4634 { | |
4635 MessageBox(NULL, | |
4636 _("VIMRUN.EXE not found in your $PATH.\n" | |
4637 "External commands will not pause after completion.\n" | |
4638 "See :help win32-vimrun for more information."), | |
4639 _("Vim Warning"), | |
4640 MB_ICONWARNING); | |
4641 need_vimrun_warning = FALSE; | |
4642 } | |
2935 | 4643 if (!s_dont_use_vimrun && (!allowPiping || p_stmp)) |
7 | 4644 /* Use vimrun to execute the command. It opens a console |
4645 * window, which can be closed without killing Vim. */ | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4646 vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s%s%s %s %s", |
7 | 4647 vimrun_path, |
4648 (msg_silent != 0 || (options & SHELL_DOOUT)) | |
4649 ? "-s " : "", | |
4650 p_sh, p_shcf, cmd); | |
4651 else | |
4652 #endif | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4653 vim_snprintf((char *)newcmd, cmdlen, "%s %s %s", |
1569 | 4654 p_sh, p_shcf, cmd); |
7 | 4655 x = mch_system((char *)newcmd, options); |
3361 | 4656 vim_free(newcmd); |
7 | 4657 } |
4658 } | |
4659 } | |
4660 | |
4661 if (tmode == TMODE_RAW) | |
4662 settmode(TMODE_RAW); /* set to raw mode */ | |
4663 | |
4664 /* Print the return value, unless "vimrun" was used. */ | |
4665 if (x != 0 && !(options & SHELL_SILENT) && !emsg_silent | |
4666 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_W32) | |
2935 | 4667 && ((options & SHELL_DOOUT) || s_dont_use_vimrun |
4668 || (allowPiping && !p_stmp)) | |
7 | 4669 #endif |
4670 ) | |
4671 { | |
4672 smsg(_("shell returned %d"), x); | |
4673 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4674 } | |
4675 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
4676 resettitle(); | |
4677 #endif | |
4678 | |
4679 signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); | |
4680 #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MINGW32__) | |
4681 signal(SIGKILL, SIG_DFL); | |
4682 #else | |
4683 signal(SIGBREAK, SIG_DFL); | |
4684 #endif | |
4685 signal(SIGILL, SIG_DFL); | |
4686 signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); | |
4687 signal(SIGSEGV, SIG_DFL); | |
4688 signal(SIGTERM, SIG_DFL); | |
4689 signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); | |
4690 | |
4691 return x; | |
4692 } | |
4693 | |
4694 | |
4695 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
4696 | |
4697 /* | |
4698 * Start termcap mode | |
4699 */ | |
4700 static void | |
4701 termcap_mode_start(void) | |
4702 { | |
4703 DWORD cmodein; | |
4704 | |
4705 if (g_fTermcapMode) | |
4706 return; | |
4707 | |
4708 SaveConsoleBuffer(&g_cbNonTermcap); | |
4709 | |
4710 if (g_cbTermcap.IsValid) | |
4711 { | |
4712 /* | |
4713 * We've been in termcap mode before. Restore certain screen | |
4714 * characteristics, including the buffer size and the window | |
4715 * size. Since we will be redrawing the screen, we don't need | |
4716 * to restore the actual contents of the buffer. | |
4717 */ | |
4718 RestoreConsoleBuffer(&g_cbTermcap, FALSE); | |
4719 SetConsoleWindowInfo(g_hConOut, TRUE, &g_cbTermcap.Info.srWindow); | |
4720 Rows = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.Y; | |
4721 Columns = g_cbTermcap.Info.dwSize.X; | |
4722 } | |
4723 else | |
4724 { | |
4725 /* | |
4726 * This is our first time entering termcap mode. Clear the console | |
4727 * screen buffer, and resize the buffer to match the current window | |
4728 * size. We will use this as the size of our editing environment. | |
4729 */ | |
4730 ClearConsoleBuffer(g_attrCurrent); | |
4731 ResizeConBufAndWindow(g_hConOut, Columns, Rows); | |
4732 } | |
4733 | |
4734 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
4735 resettitle(); | |
4736 #endif | |
4737 | |
4738 GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein); | |
4739 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4740 if (g_fMouseActive) | |
4741 cmodein |= ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT; | |
4742 else | |
4743 cmodein &= ~ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT; | |
4744 #endif | |
4745 cmodein |= ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT; | |
4746 SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein); | |
4747 | |
4748 redraw_later_clear(); | |
4749 g_fTermcapMode = TRUE; | |
4750 } | |
4751 | |
4752 | |
4753 /* | |
4754 * End termcap mode | |
4755 */ | |
4756 static void | |
4757 termcap_mode_end(void) | |
4758 { | |
4759 DWORD cmodein; | |
4760 ConsoleBuffer *cb; | |
4761 COORD coord; | |
4762 DWORD dwDummy; | |
4763 | |
4764 if (!g_fTermcapMode) | |
4765 return; | |
4766 | |
4767 SaveConsoleBuffer(&g_cbTermcap); | |
4768 | |
4769 GetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, &cmodein); | |
4770 cmodein &= ~(ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT | ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT); | |
4771 SetConsoleMode(g_hConIn, cmodein); | |
4772 | |
4773 #ifdef FEAT_RESTORE_ORIG_SCREEN | |
4774 cb = exiting ? &g_cbOrig : &g_cbNonTermcap; | |
4775 #else | |
4776 cb = &g_cbNonTermcap; | |
4777 #endif | |
4778 RestoreConsoleBuffer(cb, p_rs); | |
4779 SetConsoleCursorInfo(g_hConOut, &g_cci); | |
4780 | |
4781 if (p_rs || exiting) | |
4782 { | |
4783 /* | |
4784 * Clear anything that happens to be on the current line. | |
4785 */ | |
4786 coord.X = 0; | |
4787 coord.Y = (SHORT) (p_rs ? cb->Info.dwCursorPosition.Y : (Rows - 1)); | |
4788 FillConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, ' ', | |
4789 cb->Info.dwSize.X, coord, &dwDummy); | |
4790 /* | |
4791 * The following is just for aesthetics. If we are exiting without | |
4792 * restoring the screen, then we want to have a prompt string | |
4793 * appear at the bottom line. However, the command interpreter | |
4794 * seems to always advance the cursor one line before displaying | |
4795 * the prompt string, which causes the screen to scroll. To | |
4796 * counter this, move the cursor up one line before exiting. | |
4797 */ | |
4798 if (exiting && !p_rs) | |
4799 coord.Y--; | |
4800 /* | |
4801 * Position the cursor at the leftmost column of the desired row. | |
4802 */ | |
4803 SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, coord); | |
4804 } | |
4805 | |
4806 g_fTermcapMode = FALSE; | |
4807 } | |
4808 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
4809 | |
4810 | |
4811 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
323 | 4812 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 4813 void |
4814 mch_write( | |
4815 char_u *s, | |
4816 int len) | |
4817 { | |
4818 /* never used */ | |
4819 } | |
4820 | |
4821 #else | |
4822 | |
4823 /* | |
4824 * clear `n' chars, starting from `coord' | |
4825 */ | |
4826 static void | |
4827 clear_chars( | |
4828 COORD coord, | |
4829 DWORD n) | |
4830 { | |
4831 DWORD dwDummy; | |
4832 | |
4833 FillConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, ' ', n, coord, &dwDummy); | |
4834 FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent, n, coord, &dwDummy); | |
4835 } | |
4836 | |
4837 | |
4838 /* | |
4839 * Clear the screen | |
4840 */ | |
4841 static void | |
4842 clear_screen(void) | |
4843 { | |
4844 g_coord.X = g_coord.Y = 0; | |
4845 clear_chars(g_coord, Rows * Columns); | |
4846 } | |
4847 | |
4848 | |
4849 /* | |
4850 * Clear to end of display | |
4851 */ | |
4852 static void | |
4853 clear_to_end_of_display(void) | |
4854 { | |
4855 clear_chars(g_coord, (Rows - g_coord.Y - 1) | |
4856 * Columns + (Columns - g_coord.X)); | |
4857 } | |
4858 | |
4859 | |
4860 /* | |
4861 * Clear to end of line | |
4862 */ | |
4863 static void | |
4864 clear_to_end_of_line(void) | |
4865 { | |
4866 clear_chars(g_coord, Columns - g_coord.X); | |
4867 } | |
4868 | |
4869 | |
4870 /* | |
4871 * Scroll the scroll region up by `cLines' lines | |
4872 */ | |
4873 static void | |
26 | 4874 scroll(unsigned cLines) |
7 | 4875 { |
4876 COORD oldcoord = g_coord; | |
4877 | |
4878 gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_srScrollRegion.Top + 1); | |
4879 delete_lines(cLines); | |
4880 | |
4881 g_coord = oldcoord; | |
4882 } | |
4883 | |
4884 | |
4885 /* | |
4886 * Set the scroll region | |
4887 */ | |
4888 static void | |
4889 set_scroll_region( | |
4890 unsigned left, | |
4891 unsigned top, | |
4892 unsigned right, | |
4893 unsigned bottom) | |
4894 { | |
4895 if (left >= right | |
4896 || top >= bottom | |
4897 || right > (unsigned) Columns - 1 | |
4898 || bottom > (unsigned) Rows - 1) | |
4899 return; | |
4900 | |
4901 g_srScrollRegion.Left = left; | |
4902 g_srScrollRegion.Top = top; | |
4903 g_srScrollRegion.Right = right; | |
4904 g_srScrollRegion.Bottom = bottom; | |
4905 } | |
4906 | |
4907 | |
4908 /* | |
4909 * Insert `cLines' lines at the current cursor position | |
4910 */ | |
4911 static void | |
26 | 4912 insert_lines(unsigned cLines) |
7 | 4913 { |
4914 SMALL_RECT source; | |
4915 COORD dest; | |
4916 CHAR_INFO fill; | |
4917 | |
4918 dest.X = 0; | |
4919 dest.Y = g_coord.Y + cLines; | |
4920 | |
4921 source.Left = 0; | |
4922 source.Top = g_coord.Y; | |
4923 source.Right = g_srScrollRegion.Right; | |
4924 source.Bottom = g_srScrollRegion.Bottom - cLines; | |
4925 | |
4926 fill.Char.AsciiChar = ' '; | |
4927 fill.Attributes = g_attrCurrent; | |
4928 | |
4929 ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer(g_hConOut, &source, NULL, dest, &fill); | |
4930 | |
4931 /* Here we have to deal with a win32 console flake: If the scroll | |
4932 * region looks like abc and we scroll c to a and fill with d we get | |
4933 * cbd... if we scroll block c one line at a time to a, we get cdd... | |
4934 * vim expects cdd consistently... So we have to deal with that | |
4935 * here... (this also occurs scrolling the same way in the other | |
4936 * direction). */ | |
4937 | |
4938 if (source.Bottom < dest.Y) | |
4939 { | |
4940 COORD coord; | |
4941 | |
4942 coord.X = 0; | |
4943 coord.Y = source.Bottom; | |
4944 clear_chars(coord, Columns * (dest.Y - source.Bottom)); | |
4945 } | |
4946 } | |
4947 | |
4948 | |
4949 /* | |
4950 * Delete `cLines' lines at the current cursor position | |
4951 */ | |
4952 static void | |
26 | 4953 delete_lines(unsigned cLines) |
7 | 4954 { |
4955 SMALL_RECT source; | |
4956 COORD dest; | |
4957 CHAR_INFO fill; | |
4958 int nb; | |
4959 | |
4960 dest.X = 0; | |
4961 dest.Y = g_coord.Y; | |
4962 | |
4963 source.Left = 0; | |
4964 source.Top = g_coord.Y + cLines; | |
4965 source.Right = g_srScrollRegion.Right; | |
4966 source.Bottom = g_srScrollRegion.Bottom; | |
4967 | |
4968 fill.Char.AsciiChar = ' '; | |
4969 fill.Attributes = g_attrCurrent; | |
4970 | |
4971 ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer(g_hConOut, &source, NULL, dest, &fill); | |
4972 | |
4973 /* Here we have to deal with a win32 console flake: If the scroll | |
4974 * region looks like abc and we scroll c to a and fill with d we get | |
4975 * cbd... if we scroll block c one line at a time to a, we get cdd... | |
4976 * vim expects cdd consistently... So we have to deal with that | |
4977 * here... (this also occurs scrolling the same way in the other | |
4978 * direction). */ | |
4979 | |
4980 nb = dest.Y + (source.Bottom - source.Top) + 1; | |
4981 | |
4982 if (nb < source.Top) | |
4983 { | |
4984 COORD coord; | |
4985 | |
4986 coord.X = 0; | |
4987 coord.Y = nb; | |
4988 clear_chars(coord, Columns * (source.Top - nb)); | |
4989 } | |
4990 } | |
4991 | |
4992 | |
4993 /* | |
4994 * Set the cursor position | |
4995 */ | |
4996 static void | |
4997 gotoxy( | |
4998 unsigned x, | |
4999 unsigned y) | |
5000 { | |
5001 if (x < 1 || x > (unsigned)Columns || y < 1 || y > (unsigned)Rows) | |
5002 return; | |
5003 | |
5004 /* external cursor coords are 1-based; internal are 0-based */ | |
5005 g_coord.X = x - 1; | |
5006 g_coord.Y = y - 1; | |
5007 SetConsoleCursorPosition(g_hConOut, g_coord); | |
5008 } | |
5009 | |
5010 | |
5011 /* | |
5012 * Set the current text attribute = (foreground | background) | |
5013 * See ../doc/os_win32.txt for the numbers. | |
5014 */ | |
5015 static void | |
26 | 5016 textattr(WORD wAttr) |
7 | 5017 { |
5018 g_attrCurrent = wAttr; | |
5019 | |
5020 SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, wAttr); | |
5021 } | |
5022 | |
5023 | |
5024 static void | |
26 | 5025 textcolor(WORD wAttr) |
7 | 5026 { |
5027 g_attrCurrent = (g_attrCurrent & 0xf0) + wAttr; | |
5028 | |
5029 SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent); | |
5030 } | |
5031 | |
5032 | |
5033 static void | |
26 | 5034 textbackground(WORD wAttr) |
7 | 5035 { |
5036 g_attrCurrent = (g_attrCurrent & 0x0f) + (wAttr << 4); | |
5037 | |
5038 SetConsoleTextAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent); | |
5039 } | |
5040 | |
5041 | |
5042 /* | |
5043 * restore the default text attribute (whatever we started with) | |
5044 */ | |
5045 static void | |
26 | 5046 normvideo(void) |
7 | 5047 { |
5048 textattr(g_attrDefault); | |
5049 } | |
5050 | |
5051 | |
5052 static WORD g_attrPreStandout = 0; | |
5053 | |
5054 /* | |
5055 * Make the text standout, by brightening it | |
5056 */ | |
5057 static void | |
5058 standout(void) | |
5059 { | |
5060 g_attrPreStandout = g_attrCurrent; | |
5061 textattr((WORD) (g_attrCurrent|FOREGROUND_INTENSITY|BACKGROUND_INTENSITY)); | |
5062 } | |
5063 | |
5064 | |
5065 /* | |
5066 * Turn off standout mode | |
5067 */ | |
5068 static void | |
26 | 5069 standend(void) |
7 | 5070 { |
5071 if (g_attrPreStandout) | |
5072 { | |
5073 textattr(g_attrPreStandout); | |
5074 g_attrPreStandout = 0; | |
5075 } | |
5076 } | |
5077 | |
5078 | |
5079 /* | |
1199 | 5080 * Set normal fg/bg color, based on T_ME. Called when t_me has been set. |
7 | 5081 */ |
5082 void | |
26 | 5083 mch_set_normal_colors(void) |
7 | 5084 { |
5085 char_u *p; | |
5086 int n; | |
5087 | |
5088 cterm_normal_fg_color = (g_attrDefault & 0xf) + 1; | |
5089 cterm_normal_bg_color = ((g_attrDefault >> 4) & 0xf) + 1; | |
5090 if (T_ME[0] == ESC && T_ME[1] == '|') | |
5091 { | |
5092 p = T_ME + 2; | |
5093 n = getdigits(&p); | |
5094 if (*p == 'm' && n > 0) | |
5095 { | |
5096 cterm_normal_fg_color = (n & 0xf) + 1; | |
5097 cterm_normal_bg_color = ((n >> 4) & 0xf) + 1; | |
5098 } | |
5099 } | |
5100 } | |
5101 | |
5102 | |
5103 /* | |
5104 * visual bell: flash the screen | |
5105 */ | |
5106 static void | |
26 | 5107 visual_bell(void) |
7 | 5108 { |
5109 COORD coordOrigin = {0, 0}; | |
5110 WORD attrFlash = ~g_attrCurrent & 0xff; | |
5111 | |
5112 DWORD dwDummy; | |
5113 LPWORD oldattrs = (LPWORD)alloc(Rows * Columns * sizeof(WORD)); | |
5114 | |
5115 if (oldattrs == NULL) | |
5116 return; | |
5117 ReadConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, oldattrs, Rows * Columns, | |
5118 coordOrigin, &dwDummy); | |
5119 FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, attrFlash, Rows * Columns, | |
5120 coordOrigin, &dwDummy); | |
5121 | |
5122 Sleep(15); /* wait for 15 msec */ | |
5123 WriteConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, oldattrs, Rows * Columns, | |
5124 coordOrigin, &dwDummy); | |
5125 vim_free(oldattrs); | |
5126 } | |
5127 | |
5128 | |
5129 /* | |
5130 * Make the cursor visible or invisible | |
5131 */ | |
5132 static void | |
26 | 5133 cursor_visible(BOOL fVisible) |
7 | 5134 { |
5135 s_cursor_visible = fVisible; | |
5136 #ifdef MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE | |
5137 mch_update_cursor(); | |
5138 #endif | |
5139 } | |
5140 | |
5141 | |
5142 /* | |
5143 * write `cchToWrite' characters in `pchBuf' to the screen | |
5144 * Returns the number of characters actually written (at least one). | |
5145 */ | |
5146 static BOOL | |
5147 write_chars( | |
5148 LPCSTR pchBuf, | |
5149 DWORD cchToWrite) | |
5150 { | |
5151 COORD coord = g_coord; | |
5152 DWORD written; | |
5153 | |
5154 FillConsoleOutputAttribute(g_hConOut, g_attrCurrent, cchToWrite, | |
5155 coord, &written); | |
5156 /* When writing fails or didn't write a single character, pretend one | |
5157 * character was written, otherwise we get stuck. */ | |
5158 if (WriteConsoleOutputCharacter(g_hConOut, pchBuf, cchToWrite, | |
5159 coord, &written) == 0 | |
5160 || written == 0) | |
5161 written = 1; | |
5162 | |
5163 g_coord.X += (SHORT) written; | |
5164 | |
5165 while (g_coord.X > g_srScrollRegion.Right) | |
5166 { | |
5167 g_coord.X -= (SHORT) Columns; | |
5168 if (g_coord.Y < g_srScrollRegion.Bottom) | |
5169 g_coord.Y++; | |
5170 } | |
5171 | |
5172 gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, g_coord.Y + 1); | |
5173 | |
5174 return written; | |
5175 } | |
5176 | |
5177 | |
5178 /* | |
5179 * mch_write(): write the output buffer to the screen, translating ESC | |
5180 * sequences into calls to console output routines. | |
5181 */ | |
5182 void | |
5183 mch_write( | |
5184 char_u *s, | |
5185 int len) | |
5186 { | |
5187 s[len] = NUL; | |
5188 | |
5189 if (!term_console) | |
5190 { | |
5191 write(1, s, (unsigned)len); | |
5192 return; | |
5193 } | |
5194 | |
5195 /* translate ESC | sequences into faked bios calls */ | |
5196 while (len--) | |
5197 { | |
5198 /* optimization: use one single write_chars for runs of text, | |
5199 * rather than once per character It ain't curses, but it helps. */ | |
835 | 5200 DWORD prefix = (DWORD)strcspn(s, "\n\r\b\a\033"); |
7 | 5201 |
5202 if (p_wd) | |
5203 { | |
5204 WaitForChar(p_wd); | |
5205 if (prefix != 0) | |
5206 prefix = 1; | |
5207 } | |
5208 | |
5209 if (prefix != 0) | |
5210 { | |
5211 DWORD nWritten; | |
5212 | |
5213 nWritten = write_chars(s, prefix); | |
5214 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5215 if (fdDump) | |
5216 { | |
5217 fputc('>', fdDump); | |
5218 fwrite(s, sizeof(char_u), nWritten, fdDump); | |
5219 fputs("<\n", fdDump); | |
5220 } | |
5221 #endif | |
5222 len -= (nWritten - 1); | |
5223 s += nWritten; | |
5224 } | |
5225 else if (s[0] == '\n') | |
5226 { | |
5227 /* \n, newline: go to the beginning of the next line or scroll */ | |
5228 if (g_coord.Y == g_srScrollRegion.Bottom) | |
5229 { | |
5230 scroll(1); | |
5231 gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_srScrollRegion.Bottom + 1); | |
5232 } | |
5233 else | |
5234 { | |
5235 gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left + 1, g_coord.Y + 2); | |
5236 } | |
5237 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5238 if (fdDump) | |
5239 fputs("\\n\n", fdDump); | |
5240 #endif | |
5241 s++; | |
5242 } | |
5243 else if (s[0] == '\r') | |
5244 { | |
5245 /* \r, carriage return: go to beginning of line */ | |
5246 gotoxy(g_srScrollRegion.Left+1, g_coord.Y + 1); | |
5247 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5248 if (fdDump) | |
5249 fputs("\\r\n", fdDump); | |
5250 #endif | |
5251 s++; | |
5252 } | |
5253 else if (s[0] == '\b') | |
5254 { | |
5255 /* \b, backspace: move cursor one position left */ | |
5256 if (g_coord.X > g_srScrollRegion.Left) | |
5257 g_coord.X--; | |
5258 else if (g_coord.Y > g_srScrollRegion.Top) | |
5259 { | |
5260 g_coord.X = g_srScrollRegion.Right; | |
5261 g_coord.Y--; | |
5262 } | |
5263 gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, g_coord.Y + 1); | |
5264 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5265 if (fdDump) | |
5266 fputs("\\b\n", fdDump); | |
5267 #endif | |
5268 s++; | |
5269 } | |
5270 else if (s[0] == '\a') | |
5271 { | |
5272 /* \a, bell */ | |
5273 MessageBeep(0xFFFFFFFF); | |
5274 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5275 if (fdDump) | |
5276 fputs("\\a\n", fdDump); | |
5277 #endif | |
5278 s++; | |
5279 } | |
5280 else if (s[0] == ESC && len >= 3-1 && s[1] == '|') | |
5281 { | |
5282 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
24 | 5283 char_u *old_s = s; |
7 | 5284 #endif |
24 | 5285 char_u *p; |
5286 int arg1 = 0, arg2 = 0; | |
7 | 5287 |
5288 switch (s[2]) | |
5289 { | |
5290 /* one or two numeric arguments, separated by ';' */ | |
5291 | |
5292 case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': | |
5293 case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': | |
5294 p = s + 2; | |
5295 arg1 = getdigits(&p); /* no check for length! */ | |
5296 if (p > s + len) | |
5297 break; | |
5298 | |
5299 if (*p == ';') | |
5300 { | |
5301 ++p; | |
5302 arg2 = getdigits(&p); /* no check for length! */ | |
5303 if (p > s + len) | |
5304 break; | |
5305 | |
5306 if (*p == 'H') | |
5307 gotoxy(arg2, arg1); | |
5308 else if (*p == 'r') | |
5309 set_scroll_region(0, arg1 - 1, Columns - 1, arg2 - 1); | |
5310 } | |
5311 else if (*p == 'A') | |
5312 { | |
5313 /* move cursor up arg1 lines in same column */ | |
5314 gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, | |
5315 max(g_srScrollRegion.Top, g_coord.Y - arg1) + 1); | |
5316 } | |
5317 else if (*p == 'C') | |
5318 { | |
5319 /* move cursor right arg1 columns in same line */ | |
5320 gotoxy(min(g_srScrollRegion.Right, g_coord.X + arg1) + 1, | |
5321 g_coord.Y + 1); | |
5322 } | |
5323 else if (*p == 'H') | |
5324 { | |
5325 gotoxy(1, arg1); | |
5326 } | |
5327 else if (*p == 'L') | |
5328 { | |
5329 insert_lines(arg1); | |
5330 } | |
5331 else if (*p == 'm') | |
5332 { | |
5333 if (arg1 == 0) | |
5334 normvideo(); | |
5335 else | |
5336 textattr((WORD) arg1); | |
5337 } | |
5338 else if (*p == 'f') | |
5339 { | |
5340 textcolor((WORD) arg1); | |
5341 } | |
5342 else if (*p == 'b') | |
5343 { | |
5344 textbackground((WORD) arg1); | |
5345 } | |
5346 else if (*p == 'M') | |
5347 { | |
5348 delete_lines(arg1); | |
5349 } | |
5350 | |
835 | 5351 len -= (int)(p - s); |
7 | 5352 s = p + 1; |
5353 break; | |
5354 | |
5355 | |
5356 /* Three-character escape sequences */ | |
5357 | |
5358 case 'A': | |
5359 /* move cursor up one line in same column */ | |
5360 gotoxy(g_coord.X + 1, | |
5361 max(g_srScrollRegion.Top, g_coord.Y - 1) + 1); | |
5362 goto got3; | |
5363 | |
5364 case 'B': | |
5365 visual_bell(); | |
5366 goto got3; | |
5367 | |
5368 case 'C': | |
5369 /* move cursor right one column in same line */ | |
5370 gotoxy(min(g_srScrollRegion.Right, g_coord.X + 1) + 1, | |
5371 g_coord.Y + 1); | |
5372 goto got3; | |
5373 | |
5374 case 'E': | |
5375 termcap_mode_end(); | |
5376 goto got3; | |
5377 | |
5378 case 'F': | |
5379 standout(); | |
5380 goto got3; | |
5381 | |
5382 case 'f': | |
5383 standend(); | |
5384 goto got3; | |
5385 | |
5386 case 'H': | |
5387 gotoxy(1, 1); | |
5388 goto got3; | |
5389 | |
5390 case 'j': | |
5391 clear_to_end_of_display(); | |
5392 goto got3; | |
5393 | |
5394 case 'J': | |
5395 clear_screen(); | |
5396 goto got3; | |
5397 | |
5398 case 'K': | |
5399 clear_to_end_of_line(); | |
5400 goto got3; | |
5401 | |
5402 case 'L': | |
5403 insert_lines(1); | |
5404 goto got3; | |
5405 | |
5406 case 'M': | |
5407 delete_lines(1); | |
5408 goto got3; | |
5409 | |
5410 case 'S': | |
5411 termcap_mode_start(); | |
5412 goto got3; | |
5413 | |
5414 case 'V': | |
5415 cursor_visible(TRUE); | |
5416 goto got3; | |
5417 | |
5418 case 'v': | |
5419 cursor_visible(FALSE); | |
5420 goto got3; | |
5421 | |
5422 got3: | |
5423 s += 3; | |
5424 len -= 2; | |
5425 } | |
5426 | |
5427 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5428 if (fdDump) | |
5429 { | |
5430 fputs("ESC | ", fdDump); | |
5431 fwrite(old_s + 2, sizeof(char_u), s - old_s - 2, fdDump); | |
5432 fputc('\n', fdDump); | |
5433 } | |
5434 #endif | |
5435 } | |
5436 else | |
5437 { | |
5438 /* Write a single character */ | |
5439 DWORD nWritten; | |
5440 | |
5441 nWritten = write_chars(s, 1); | |
5442 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5443 if (fdDump) | |
5444 { | |
5445 fputc('>', fdDump); | |
5446 fwrite(s, sizeof(char_u), nWritten, fdDump); | |
5447 fputs("<\n", fdDump); | |
5448 } | |
5449 #endif | |
5450 | |
5451 len -= (nWritten - 1); | |
5452 s += nWritten; | |
5453 } | |
5454 } | |
5455 | |
5456 #ifdef MCH_WRITE_DUMP | |
5457 if (fdDump) | |
5458 fflush(fdDump); | |
5459 #endif | |
5460 } | |
5461 | |
5462 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
5463 | |
5464 | |
5465 /* | |
5466 * Delay for half a second. | |
5467 */ | |
323 | 5468 /*ARGSUSED*/ |
7 | 5469 void |
5470 mch_delay( | |
5471 long msec, | |
5472 int ignoreinput) | |
5473 { | |
5474 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
5475 Sleep((int)msec); /* never wait for input */ | |
14 | 5476 #else /* Console */ |
7 | 5477 if (ignoreinput) |
14 | 5478 # ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME |
5479 if (mzthreads_allowed() && p_mzq > 0 && msec > p_mzq) | |
5480 { | |
5481 int towait = p_mzq; | |
5482 | |
5483 /* if msec is large enough, wait by portions in p_mzq */ | |
5484 while (msec > 0) | |
5485 { | |
5486 mzvim_check_threads(); | |
5487 if (msec < towait) | |
5488 towait = msec; | |
5489 Sleep(towait); | |
5490 msec -= towait; | |
5491 } | |
5492 } | |
5493 else | |
5494 # endif | |
5495 Sleep((int)msec); | |
7 | 5496 else |
5497 WaitForChar(msec); | |
5498 #endif | |
5499 } | |
5500 | |
5501 | |
5502 /* | |
5503 * this version of remove is not scared by a readonly (backup) file | |
5504 * Return 0 for success, -1 for failure. | |
5505 */ | |
5506 int | |
5507 mch_remove(char_u *name) | |
5508 { | |
5509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5510 WCHAR *wn = NULL; | |
5511 int n; | |
4872
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
5512 #endif |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
5513 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
5514 win32_setattrs(name, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL); |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
5515 |
fa98c2b030ed
updated for version 7.3.1182
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4789
diff
changeset
|
5516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5517 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
5518 { | |
1752 | 5519 wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
7 | 5520 if (wn != NULL) |
5521 { | |
5522 n = DeleteFileW(wn) ? 0 : -1; | |
5523 vim_free(wn); | |
5524 if (n == 0 || GetLastError() != ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
5525 return n; | |
5526 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
5527 } | |
5528 } | |
5529 #endif | |
5530 return DeleteFile(name) ? 0 : -1; | |
5531 } | |
5532 | |
5533 | |
5534 /* | |
5535 * check for an "interrupt signal": CTRL-break or CTRL-C | |
5536 */ | |
5537 void | |
26 | 5538 mch_breakcheck(void) |
7 | 5539 { |
5540 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_W32 /* never used */ | |
5541 if (g_fCtrlCPressed || g_fCBrkPressed) | |
5542 { | |
5543 g_fCtrlCPressed = g_fCBrkPressed = FALSE; | |
5544 got_int = TRUE; | |
5545 } | |
5546 #endif | |
5547 } | |
5548 | |
5549 | |
5550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5551 /* | |
5552 * Same code as below, but with wide functions and no comments. | |
5553 * Return 0 for success, non-zero for failure. | |
5554 */ | |
5555 int | |
5556 mch_wrename(WCHAR *wold, WCHAR *wnew) | |
5557 { | |
5558 WCHAR *p; | |
5559 int i; | |
5560 WCHAR szTempFile[_MAX_PATH + 1]; | |
5561 WCHAR szNewPath[_MAX_PATH + 1]; | |
5562 HANDLE hf; | |
5563 | |
5564 if (!mch_windows95()) | |
5565 { | |
5566 p = wold; | |
5567 for (i = 0; wold[i] != NUL; ++i) | |
5568 if ((wold[i] == '/' || wold[i] == '\\' || wold[i] == ':') | |
5569 && wold[i + 1] != 0) | |
5570 p = wold + i + 1; | |
5571 if ((int)(wold + i - p) < 8 || p[6] != '~') | |
5572 return (MoveFileW(wold, wnew) == 0); | |
5573 } | |
5574 | |
5575 if (GetFullPathNameW(wnew, _MAX_PATH, szNewPath, &p) == 0 || p == NULL) | |
5576 return -1; | |
5577 *p = NUL; | |
5578 | |
5579 if (GetTempFileNameW(szNewPath, L"VIM", 0, szTempFile) == 0) | |
5580 return -2; | |
5581 | |
5582 if (!DeleteFileW(szTempFile)) | |
5583 return -3; | |
5584 | |
5585 if (!MoveFileW(wold, szTempFile)) | |
5586 return -4; | |
5587 | |
5588 if ((hf = CreateFileW(wold, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_NEW, | |
5589 FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL)) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
5590 return -5; | |
5591 if (!CloseHandle(hf)) | |
5592 return -6; | |
5593 | |
5594 if (!MoveFileW(szTempFile, wnew)) | |
5595 { | |
5596 (void)MoveFileW(szTempFile, wold); | |
5597 return -7; | |
5598 } | |
5599 | |
5600 DeleteFileW(szTempFile); | |
5601 | |
5602 if (!DeleteFileW(wold)) | |
5603 return -8; | |
5604 | |
5605 return 0; | |
5606 } | |
5607 #endif | |
5608 | |
5609 | |
5610 /* | |
5611 * mch_rename() works around a bug in rename (aka MoveFile) in | |
5612 * Windows 95: rename("foo.bar", "foo.bar~") will generate a | |
5613 * file whose short file name is "FOO.BAR" (its long file name will | |
5614 * be correct: "foo.bar~"). Because a file can be accessed by | |
5615 * either its SFN or its LFN, "foo.bar" has effectively been | |
5616 * renamed to "foo.bar", which is not at all what was wanted. This | |
5617 * seems to happen only when renaming files with three-character | |
5618 * extensions by appending a suffix that does not include ".". | |
5619 * Windows NT gets it right, however, with an SFN of "FOO~1.BAR". | |
5620 * | |
5621 * There is another problem, which isn't really a bug but isn't right either: | |
5622 * When renaming "abcdef~1.txt" to "abcdef~1.txt~", the short name can be | |
5623 * "abcdef~1.txt" again. This has been reported on Windows NT 4.0 with | |
5624 * service pack 6. Doesn't seem to happen on Windows 98. | |
5625 * | |
5626 * Like rename(), returns 0 upon success, non-zero upon failure. | |
5627 * Should probably set errno appropriately when errors occur. | |
5628 */ | |
5629 int | |
5630 mch_rename( | |
5631 const char *pszOldFile, | |
5632 const char *pszNewFile) | |
5633 { | |
5634 char szTempFile[_MAX_PATH+1]; | |
5635 char szNewPath[_MAX_PATH+1]; | |
5636 char *pszFilePart; | |
5637 HANDLE hf; | |
5638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5639 WCHAR *wold = NULL; | |
5640 WCHAR *wnew = NULL; | |
5641 int retval = -1; | |
5642 | |
5643 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
5644 { | |
1752 | 5645 wold = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)pszOldFile, NULL); |
5646 wnew = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)pszNewFile, NULL); | |
7 | 5647 if (wold != NULL && wnew != NULL) |
5648 retval = mch_wrename(wold, wnew); | |
5649 vim_free(wold); | |
5650 vim_free(wnew); | |
5651 if (retval == 0 || GetLastError() != ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
5652 return retval; | |
5653 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
5654 } | |
5655 #endif | |
5656 | |
5657 /* | |
5658 * No need to play tricks if not running Windows 95, unless the file name | |
5659 * contains a "~" as the seventh character. | |
5660 */ | |
5661 if (!mch_windows95()) | |
5662 { | |
5663 pszFilePart = (char *)gettail((char_u *)pszOldFile); | |
5664 if (STRLEN(pszFilePart) < 8 || pszFilePart[6] != '~') | |
5665 return rename(pszOldFile, pszNewFile); | |
5666 } | |
5667 | |
5668 /* Get base path of new file name. Undocumented feature: If pszNewFile is | |
5669 * a directory, no error is returned and pszFilePart will be NULL. */ | |
5670 if (GetFullPathName(pszNewFile, _MAX_PATH, szNewPath, &pszFilePart) == 0 | |
5671 || pszFilePart == NULL) | |
5672 return -1; | |
5673 *pszFilePart = NUL; | |
5674 | |
5675 /* Get (and create) a unique temporary file name in directory of new file */ | |
5676 if (GetTempFileName(szNewPath, "VIM", 0, szTempFile) == 0) | |
5677 return -2; | |
5678 | |
5679 /* blow the temp file away */ | |
5680 if (!DeleteFile(szTempFile)) | |
5681 return -3; | |
5682 | |
5683 /* rename old file to the temp file */ | |
5684 if (!MoveFile(pszOldFile, szTempFile)) | |
5685 return -4; | |
5686 | |
5687 /* now create an empty file called pszOldFile; this prevents the operating | |
5688 * system using pszOldFile as an alias (SFN) if we're renaming within the | |
5689 * same directory. For example, we're editing a file called | |
5690 * filename.asc.txt by its SFN, filena~1.txt. If we rename filena~1.txt | |
5691 * to filena~1.txt~ (i.e., we're making a backup while writing it), the | |
5692 * SFN for filena~1.txt~ will be filena~1.txt, by default, which will | |
39 | 5693 * cause all sorts of problems later in buf_write(). So, we create an |
5694 * empty file called filena~1.txt and the system will have to find some | |
5695 * other SFN for filena~1.txt~, such as filena~2.txt | |
7 | 5696 */ |
5697 if ((hf = CreateFile(pszOldFile, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_NEW, | |
5698 FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL)) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
5699 return -5; | |
5700 if (!CloseHandle(hf)) | |
5701 return -6; | |
5702 | |
5703 /* rename the temp file to the new file */ | |
5704 if (!MoveFile(szTempFile, pszNewFile)) | |
5705 { | |
5706 /* Renaming failed. Rename the file back to its old name, so that it | |
5707 * looks like nothing happened. */ | |
5708 (void)MoveFile(szTempFile, pszOldFile); | |
5709 | |
5710 return -7; | |
5711 } | |
5712 | |
5713 /* Seems to be left around on Novell filesystems */ | |
5714 DeleteFile(szTempFile); | |
5715 | |
5716 /* finally, remove the empty old file */ | |
5717 if (!DeleteFile(pszOldFile)) | |
5718 return -8; | |
5719 | |
5720 return 0; /* success */ | |
5721 } | |
5722 | |
5723 /* | |
5724 * Get the default shell for the current hardware platform | |
5725 */ | |
5726 char * | |
26 | 5727 default_shell(void) |
7 | 5728 { |
5729 char* psz = NULL; | |
5730 | |
5731 PlatformId(); | |
5732 | |
5733 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) /* Windows NT */ | |
5734 psz = "cmd.exe"; | |
5735 else if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS) /* Windows 95 */ | |
5736 psz = "command.com"; | |
5737 | |
5738 return psz; | |
5739 } | |
5740 | |
5741 /* | |
5742 * mch_access() extends access() to do more detailed check on network drives. | |
5743 * Returns 0 if file "n" has access rights according to "p", -1 otherwise. | |
5744 */ | |
5745 int | |
5746 mch_access(char *n, int p) | |
5747 { | |
5748 HANDLE hFile; | |
5749 DWORD am; | |
5750 int retval = -1; /* default: fail */ | |
5751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5752 WCHAR *wn = NULL; | |
5753 | |
5754 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
1752 | 5755 wn = enc_to_utf16(n, NULL); |
7 | 5756 #endif |
5757 | |
5758 if (mch_isdir(n)) | |
5759 { | |
5760 char TempName[_MAX_PATH + 16] = ""; | |
5761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5762 WCHAR TempNameW[_MAX_PATH + 16] = L""; | |
5763 #endif | |
5764 | |
5765 if (p & R_OK) | |
5766 { | |
5767 /* Read check is performed by seeing if we can do a find file on | |
5768 * the directory for any file. */ | |
5769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5770 if (wn != NULL) | |
5771 { | |
5772 int i; | |
5773 WIN32_FIND_DATAW d; | |
5774 | |
5775 for (i = 0; i < _MAX_PATH && wn[i] != 0; ++i) | |
5776 TempNameW[i] = wn[i]; | |
5777 if (TempNameW[i - 1] != '\\' && TempNameW[i - 1] != '/') | |
5778 TempNameW[i++] = '\\'; | |
5779 TempNameW[i++] = '*'; | |
5780 TempNameW[i++] = 0; | |
5781 | |
5782 hFile = FindFirstFileW(TempNameW, &d); | |
5783 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
5784 { | |
5785 if (GetLastError() != ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
5786 goto getout; | |
5787 | |
5788 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
5789 vim_free(wn); | |
5790 wn = NULL; | |
5791 } | |
5792 else | |
5793 (void)FindClose(hFile); | |
5794 } | |
5795 if (wn == NULL) | |
5796 #endif | |
5797 { | |
5798 char *pch; | |
5799 WIN32_FIND_DATA d; | |
5800 | |
417 | 5801 vim_strncpy(TempName, n, _MAX_PATH); |
7 | 5802 pch = TempName + STRLEN(TempName) - 1; |
5803 if (*pch != '\\' && *pch != '/') | |
5804 *++pch = '\\'; | |
5805 *++pch = '*'; | |
5806 *++pch = NUL; | |
5807 | |
5808 hFile = FindFirstFile(TempName, &d); | |
5809 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
5810 goto getout; | |
5811 (void)FindClose(hFile); | |
5812 } | |
5813 } | |
5814 | |
5815 if (p & W_OK) | |
5816 { | |
5817 /* Trying to create a temporary file in the directory should catch | |
5818 * directories on read-only network shares. However, in | |
5819 * directories whose ACL allows writes but denies deletes will end | |
5820 * up keeping the temporary file :-(. */ | |
5821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5822 if (wn != NULL) | |
5823 { | |
5824 if (!GetTempFileNameW(wn, L"VIM", 0, TempNameW)) | |
5825 { | |
5826 if (GetLastError() != ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
5827 goto getout; | |
5828 | |
5829 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
5830 vim_free(wn); | |
5831 wn = NULL; | |
5832 } | |
5833 else | |
5834 DeleteFileW(TempNameW); | |
5835 } | |
5836 if (wn == NULL) | |
5837 #endif | |
5838 { | |
5839 if (!GetTempFileName(n, "VIM", 0, TempName)) | |
5840 goto getout; | |
5841 mch_remove((char_u *)TempName); | |
5842 } | |
5843 } | |
5844 } | |
5845 else | |
5846 { | |
5847 /* Trying to open the file for the required access does ACL, read-only | |
5848 * network share, and file attribute checks. */ | |
5849 am = ((p & W_OK) ? GENERIC_WRITE : 0) | |
5850 | ((p & R_OK) ? GENERIC_READ : 0); | |
5851 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5852 if (wn != NULL) | |
5853 { | |
5854 hFile = CreateFileW(wn, am, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL); | |
5855 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
5856 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
5857 { | |
5858 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). */ | |
5859 vim_free(wn); | |
5860 wn = NULL; | |
5861 } | |
5862 } | |
5863 if (wn == NULL) | |
5864 #endif | |
5865 hFile = CreateFile(n, am, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL); | |
5866 if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
5867 goto getout; | |
5868 CloseHandle(hFile); | |
5869 } | |
5870 | |
5871 retval = 0; /* success */ | |
5872 getout: | |
5873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5874 vim_free(wn); | |
5875 #endif | |
5876 return retval; | |
5877 } | |
5878 | |
5879 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
5880 /* | |
1752 | 5881 * Version of open() that may use UTF-16 file name. |
7 | 5882 */ |
5883 int | |
5884 mch_open(char *name, int flags, int mode) | |
5885 { | |
39 | 5886 /* _wopen() does not work with Borland C 5.5: creates a read-only file. */ |
5887 # ifndef __BORLANDC__ | |
7 | 5888 WCHAR *wn; |
5889 int f; | |
5890 | |
39 | 5891 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) |
7 | 5892 { |
1752 | 5893 wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
7 | 5894 if (wn != NULL) |
5895 { | |
5896 f = _wopen(wn, flags, mode); | |
5897 vim_free(wn); | |
5898 if (f >= 0) | |
5899 return f; | |
5900 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). Can't use | |
5901 * GetLastError() here and it's unclear what errno gets set to if | |
5902 * the _wopen() fails for missing wide functions. */ | |
5903 } | |
5904 } | |
39 | 5905 # endif |
7 | 5906 |
5907 return open(name, flags, mode); | |
5908 } | |
5909 | |
5910 /* | |
1752 | 5911 * Version of fopen() that may use UTF-16 file name. |
7 | 5912 */ |
5913 FILE * | |
5914 mch_fopen(char *name, char *mode) | |
5915 { | |
5916 WCHAR *wn, *wm; | |
5917 FILE *f = NULL; | |
5918 | |
5919 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage | |
5920 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
5921 /* Wide functions of Borland C 5.5 do not work on Windows 98. */ | |
5922 && g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT | |
5923 # endif | |
5924 ) | |
5925 { | |
1686 | 5926 # if defined(DEBUG) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 |
1569 | 5927 /* Work around an annoying assertion in the Microsoft debug CRT |
5928 * when mode's text/binary setting doesn't match _get_fmode(). */ | |
5929 char newMode = mode[strlen(mode) - 1]; | |
5930 int oldMode = 0; | |
5931 | |
5932 _get_fmode(&oldMode); | |
5933 if (newMode == 't') | |
5934 _set_fmode(_O_TEXT); | |
5935 else if (newMode == 'b') | |
5936 _set_fmode(_O_BINARY); | |
5937 # endif | |
1752 | 5938 wn = enc_to_utf16(name, NULL); |
5939 wm = enc_to_utf16(mode, NULL); | |
7 | 5940 if (wn != NULL && wm != NULL) |
5941 f = _wfopen(wn, wm); | |
5942 vim_free(wn); | |
5943 vim_free(wm); | |
1569 | 5944 |
1686 | 5945 # if defined(DEBUG) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 |
1569 | 5946 _set_fmode(oldMode); |
5947 # endif | |
5948 | |
7 | 5949 if (f != NULL) |
5950 return f; | |
5951 /* Retry with non-wide function (for Windows 98). Can't use | |
5952 * GetLastError() here and it's unclear what errno gets set to if | |
5953 * the _wfopen() fails for missing wide functions. */ | |
5954 } | |
5955 | |
5956 return fopen(name, mode); | |
5957 } | |
5958 #endif | |
5959 | |
5960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5961 /* | |
5962 * SUB STREAM (aka info stream) handling: | |
5963 * | |
5964 * NTFS can have sub streams for each file. Normal contents of file is | |
5965 * stored in the main stream, and extra contents (author information and | |
5966 * title and so on) can be stored in sub stream. After Windows 2000, user | |
5967 * can access and store those informations in sub streams via explorer's | |
5968 * property menuitem in right click menu. Those informations in sub streams | |
5969 * were lost when copying only the main stream. So we have to copy sub | |
5970 * streams. | |
5971 * | |
5972 * Incomplete explanation: | |
5973 * http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnw2k/html/ntfs5.asp | |
5974 * More useful info and an example: | |
5975 * http://www.sysinternals.com/ntw2k/source/misc.shtml#streams | |
5976 */ | |
5977 | |
5978 /* | |
5979 * Copy info stream data "substream". Read from the file with BackupRead(sh) | |
5980 * and write to stream "substream" of file "to". | |
5981 * Errors are ignored. | |
5982 */ | |
5983 static void | |
5984 copy_substream(HANDLE sh, void *context, WCHAR *to, WCHAR *substream, long len) | |
5985 { | |
5986 HANDLE hTo; | |
5987 WCHAR *to_name; | |
5988 | |
5989 to_name = malloc((wcslen(to) + wcslen(substream) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR)); | |
5990 wcscpy(to_name, to); | |
5991 wcscat(to_name, substream); | |
5992 | |
5993 hTo = CreateFileW(to_name, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS, | |
5994 FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL); | |
5995 if (hTo != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
5996 { | |
5997 long done; | |
5998 DWORD todo; | |
5999 DWORD readcnt, written; | |
6000 char buf[4096]; | |
6001 | |
6002 /* Copy block of bytes at a time. Abort when something goes wrong. */ | |
6003 for (done = 0; done < len; done += written) | |
6004 { | |
6005 /* (size_t) cast for Borland C 5.5 */ | |
835 | 6006 todo = (DWORD)((size_t)(len - done) > sizeof(buf) ? sizeof(buf) |
6007 : (size_t)(len - done)); | |
7 | 6008 if (!BackupRead(sh, (LPBYTE)buf, todo, &readcnt, |
6009 FALSE, FALSE, context) | |
6010 || readcnt != todo | |
6011 || !WriteFile(hTo, buf, todo, &written, NULL) | |
6012 || written != todo) | |
6013 break; | |
6014 } | |
6015 CloseHandle(hTo); | |
6016 } | |
6017 | |
6018 free(to_name); | |
6019 } | |
6020 | |
6021 /* | |
6022 * Copy info streams from file "from" to file "to". | |
6023 */ | |
6024 static void | |
6025 copy_infostreams(char_u *from, char_u *to) | |
6026 { | |
6027 WCHAR *fromw; | |
6028 WCHAR *tow; | |
6029 HANDLE sh; | |
6030 WIN32_STREAM_ID sid; | |
6031 int headersize; | |
6032 WCHAR streamname[_MAX_PATH]; | |
6033 DWORD readcount; | |
6034 void *context = NULL; | |
6035 DWORD lo, hi; | |
6036 int len; | |
6037 | |
6038 /* Convert the file names to wide characters. */ | |
1752 | 6039 fromw = enc_to_utf16(from, NULL); |
6040 tow = enc_to_utf16(to, NULL); | |
7 | 6041 if (fromw != NULL && tow != NULL) |
6042 { | |
6043 /* Open the file for reading. */ | |
6044 sh = CreateFileW(fromw, GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ, NULL, | |
6045 OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS, NULL); | |
6046 if (sh != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) | |
6047 { | |
6048 /* Use BackupRead() to find the info streams. Repeat until we | |
6049 * have done them all.*/ | |
6050 for (;;) | |
6051 { | |
6052 /* Get the header to find the length of the stream name. If | |
6053 * the "readcount" is zero we have done all info streams. */ | |
6054 ZeroMemory(&sid, sizeof(WIN32_STREAM_ID)); | |
835 | 6055 headersize = (int)((char *)&sid.cStreamName - (char *)&sid.dwStreamId); |
7 | 6056 if (!BackupRead(sh, (LPBYTE)&sid, headersize, |
6057 &readcount, FALSE, FALSE, &context) | |
6058 || readcount == 0) | |
6059 break; | |
6060 | |
6061 /* We only deal with streams that have a name. The normal | |
6062 * file data appears to be without a name, even though docs | |
6063 * suggest it is called "::$DATA". */ | |
6064 if (sid.dwStreamNameSize > 0) | |
6065 { | |
6066 /* Read the stream name. */ | |
6067 if (!BackupRead(sh, (LPBYTE)streamname, | |
6068 sid.dwStreamNameSize, | |
6069 &readcount, FALSE, FALSE, &context)) | |
6070 break; | |
6071 | |
6072 /* Copy an info stream with a name ":anything:$DATA". | |
6073 * Skip "::$DATA", it has no stream name (examples suggest | |
6074 * it might be used for the normal file contents). | |
6075 * Note that BackupRead() counts bytes, but the name is in | |
6076 * wide characters. */ | |
6077 len = readcount / sizeof(WCHAR); | |
6078 streamname[len] = 0; | |
6079 if (len > 7 && wcsicmp(streamname + len - 6, | |
6080 L":$DATA") == 0) | |
6081 { | |
6082 streamname[len - 6] = 0; | |
6083 copy_substream(sh, &context, tow, streamname, | |
10 | 6084 (long)sid.Size.u.LowPart); |
7 | 6085 } |
6086 } | |
6087 | |
6088 /* Advance to the next stream. We might try seeking too far, | |
6089 * but BackupSeek() doesn't skip over stream borders, thus | |
6090 * that's OK. */ | |
323 | 6091 (void)BackupSeek(sh, sid.Size.u.LowPart, sid.Size.u.HighPart, |
7 | 6092 &lo, &hi, &context); |
6093 } | |
6094 | |
6095 /* Clear the context. */ | |
6096 (void)BackupRead(sh, NULL, 0, &readcount, TRUE, FALSE, &context); | |
6097 | |
6098 CloseHandle(sh); | |
6099 } | |
6100 } | |
6101 vim_free(fromw); | |
6102 vim_free(tow); | |
6103 } | |
6104 #endif | |
6105 | |
6106 /* | |
6107 * Copy file attributes from file "from" to file "to". | |
6108 * For Windows NT and later we copy info streams. | |
6109 * Always returns zero, errors are ignored. | |
6110 */ | |
6111 int | |
6112 mch_copy_file_attribute(char_u *from, char_u *to) | |
6113 { | |
6114 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6115 /* File streams only work on Windows NT and later. */ | |
6116 PlatformId(); | |
6117 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) | |
6118 copy_infostreams(from, to); | |
6119 #endif | |
6120 return 0; | |
6121 } | |
6122 | |
6123 #if defined(MYRESETSTKOFLW) || defined(PROTO) | |
6124 /* | |
6125 * Recreate a destroyed stack guard page in win32. | |
6126 * Written by Benjamin Peterson. | |
6127 */ | |
6128 | |
6129 /* These magic numbers are from the MS header files */ | |
6130 #define MIN_STACK_WIN9X 17 | |
6131 #define MIN_STACK_WINNT 2 | |
6132 | |
6133 /* | |
6134 * This function does the same thing as _resetstkoflw(), which is only | |
6135 * available in DevStudio .net and later. | |
6136 * Returns 0 for failure, 1 for success. | |
6137 */ | |
6138 int | |
6139 myresetstkoflw(void) | |
6140 { | |
6141 BYTE *pStackPtr; | |
6142 BYTE *pGuardPage; | |
6143 BYTE *pStackBase; | |
6144 BYTE *pLowestPossiblePage; | |
6145 MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION mbi; | |
6146 SYSTEM_INFO si; | |
6147 DWORD nPageSize; | |
6148 DWORD dummy; | |
6149 | |
6150 /* This code will not work on win32s. */ | |
6151 PlatformId(); | |
6152 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s) | |
6153 return 0; | |
6154 | |
6155 /* We need to know the system page size. */ | |
6156 GetSystemInfo(&si); | |
6157 nPageSize = si.dwPageSize; | |
6158 | |
6159 /* ...and the current stack pointer */ | |
6160 pStackPtr = (BYTE*)_alloca(1); | |
6161 | |
6162 /* ...and the base of the stack. */ | |
6163 if (VirtualQuery(pStackPtr, &mbi, sizeof mbi) == 0) | |
6164 return 0; | |
6165 pStackBase = (BYTE*)mbi.AllocationBase; | |
6166 | |
6167 /* ...and the page thats min_stack_req pages away from stack base; this is | |
6168 * the lowest page we could use. */ | |
6169 pLowestPossiblePage = pStackBase + ((g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) | |
6170 ? MIN_STACK_WINNT : MIN_STACK_WIN9X) * nPageSize; | |
6171 | |
6172 /* On Win95, we want the next page down from the end of the stack. */ | |
6173 if (g_PlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS) | |
6174 { | |
6175 /* Find the page that's only 1 page down from the page that the stack | |
6176 * ptr is in. */ | |
6177 pGuardPage = (BYTE*)((DWORD)nPageSize * (((DWORD)pStackPtr | |
6178 / (DWORD)nPageSize) - 1)); | |
6179 if (pGuardPage < pLowestPossiblePage) | |
6180 return 0; | |
6181 | |
6182 /* Apply the noaccess attribute to the page -- there's no guard | |
6183 * attribute in win95-type OSes. */ | |
6184 if (!VirtualProtect(pGuardPage, nPageSize, PAGE_NOACCESS, &dummy)) | |
6185 return 0; | |
6186 } | |
6187 else | |
6188 { | |
6189 /* On NT, however, we want the first committed page in the stack Start | |
6190 * at the stack base and move forward through memory until we find a | |
6191 * committed block. */ | |
6192 BYTE *pBlock = pStackBase; | |
6193 | |
406 | 6194 for (;;) |
7 | 6195 { |
6196 if (VirtualQuery(pBlock, &mbi, sizeof mbi) == 0) | |
6197 return 0; | |
6198 | |
6199 pBlock += mbi.RegionSize; | |
6200 | |
6201 if (mbi.State & MEM_COMMIT) | |
6202 break; | |
6203 } | |
6204 | |
6205 /* mbi now describes the first committed block in the stack. */ | |
6206 if (mbi.Protect & PAGE_GUARD) | |
6207 return 1; | |
6208 | |
6209 /* decide where the guard page should start */ | |
6210 if ((long_u)(mbi.BaseAddress) < (long_u)pLowestPossiblePage) | |
6211 pGuardPage = pLowestPossiblePage; | |
6212 else | |
6213 pGuardPage = (BYTE*)mbi.BaseAddress; | |
6214 | |
6215 /* allocate the guard page */ | |
6216 if (!VirtualAlloc(pGuardPage, nPageSize, MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE)) | |
6217 return 0; | |
6218 | |
6219 /* apply the guard attribute to the page */ | |
6220 if (!VirtualProtect(pGuardPage, nPageSize, PAGE_READWRITE | PAGE_GUARD, | |
6221 &dummy)) | |
6222 return 0; | |
6223 } | |
6224 | |
6225 return 1; | |
6226 } | |
6227 #endif | |
26 | 6228 |
6229 | |
6230 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
6231 /* | |
6232 * The command line arguments in UCS2 | |
6233 */ | |
344 | 6234 static int nArgsW = 0; |
26 | 6235 static LPWSTR *ArglistW = NULL; |
6236 static int global_argc = 0; | |
6237 static char **global_argv; | |
6238 | |
6239 static int used_file_argc = 0; /* last argument in global_argv[] used | |
6240 for the argument list. */ | |
6241 static int *used_file_indexes = NULL; /* indexes in global_argv[] for | |
6242 command line arguments added to | |
6243 the argument list */ | |
6244 static int used_file_count = 0; /* nr of entries in used_file_indexes */ | |
6245 static int used_file_literal = FALSE; /* take file names literally */ | |
6246 static int used_file_full_path = FALSE; /* file name was full path */ | |
819 | 6247 static int used_file_diff_mode = FALSE; /* file name was with diff mode */ |
26 | 6248 static int used_alist_count = 0; |
6249 | |
6250 | |
6251 /* | |
6252 * Get the command line arguments. Unicode version. | |
6253 * Returns argc. Zero when something fails. | |
6254 */ | |
6255 int | |
6256 get_cmd_argsW(char ***argvp) | |
6257 { | |
6258 char **argv = NULL; | |
6259 int argc = 0; | |
6260 int i; | |
6261 | |
6262 ArglistW = CommandLineToArgvW(GetCommandLineW(), &nArgsW); | |
6263 if (ArglistW != NULL) | |
6264 { | |
6265 argv = malloc((nArgsW + 1) * sizeof(char *)); | |
6266 if (argv != NULL) | |
6267 { | |
6268 argc = nArgsW; | |
6269 argv[argc] = NULL; | |
6270 for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) | |
6271 { | |
6272 int len; | |
6273 | |
6274 /* Convert each Unicode argument to the current codepage. */ | |
6275 WideCharToMultiByte_alloc(GetACP(), 0, | |
835 | 6276 ArglistW[i], (int)wcslen(ArglistW[i]) + 1, |
26 | 6277 (LPSTR *)&argv[i], &len, 0, 0); |
6278 if (argv[i] == NULL) | |
6279 { | |
6280 /* Out of memory, clear everything. */ | |
6281 while (i > 0) | |
6282 free(argv[--i]); | |
6283 free(argv); | |
6284 argc = 0; | |
6285 } | |
6286 } | |
6287 } | |
6288 } | |
6289 | |
6290 global_argc = argc; | |
6291 global_argv = argv; | |
6292 if (argc > 0) | |
6293 used_file_indexes = malloc(argc * sizeof(int)); | |
6294 | |
6295 if (argvp != NULL) | |
6296 *argvp = argv; | |
6297 return argc; | |
6298 } | |
6299 | |
6300 void | |
6301 free_cmd_argsW(void) | |
6302 { | |
6303 if (ArglistW != NULL) | |
6304 { | |
6305 GlobalFree(ArglistW); | |
6306 ArglistW = NULL; | |
6307 } | |
6308 } | |
6309 | |
6310 /* | |
6311 * Remember "name" is an argument that was added to the argument list. | |
6312 * This avoids that we have to re-parse the argument list when fix_arg_enc() | |
6313 * is called. | |
6314 */ | |
6315 void | |
819 | 6316 used_file_arg(char *name, int literal, int full_path, int diff_mode) |
26 | 6317 { |
6318 int i; | |
6319 | |
6320 if (used_file_indexes == NULL) | |
6321 return; | |
6322 for (i = used_file_argc + 1; i < global_argc; ++i) | |
6323 if (STRCMP(global_argv[i], name) == 0) | |
6324 { | |
6325 used_file_argc = i; | |
6326 used_file_indexes[used_file_count++] = i; | |
6327 break; | |
6328 } | |
6329 used_file_literal = literal; | |
6330 used_file_full_path = full_path; | |
819 | 6331 used_file_diff_mode = diff_mode; |
26 | 6332 } |
6333 | |
6334 /* | |
6335 * Remember the length of the argument list as it was. If it changes then we | |
6336 * leave it alone when 'encoding' is set. | |
6337 */ | |
6338 void | |
6339 set_alist_count(void) | |
6340 { | |
6341 used_alist_count = GARGCOUNT; | |
6342 } | |
6343 | |
6344 /* | |
6345 * Fix the encoding of the command line arguments. Invoked when 'encoding' | |
6346 * has been changed while starting up. Use the UCS-2 command line arguments | |
6347 * and convert them to 'encoding'. | |
6348 */ | |
6349 void | |
6350 fix_arg_enc(void) | |
6351 { | |
6352 int i; | |
6353 int idx; | |
6354 char_u *str; | |
41 | 6355 int *fnum_list; |
26 | 6356 |
6357 /* Safety checks: | |
6358 * - if argument count differs between the wide and non-wide argument | |
6359 * list, something must be wrong. | |
6360 * - the file name arguments must have been located. | |
6361 * - the length of the argument list wasn't changed by the user. | |
6362 */ | |
344 | 6363 if (global_argc != nArgsW |
26 | 6364 || ArglistW == NULL |
6365 || used_file_indexes == NULL | |
6366 || used_file_count == 0 | |
6367 || used_alist_count != GARGCOUNT) | |
6368 return; | |
6369 | |
41 | 6370 /* Remember the buffer numbers for the arguments. */ |
6371 fnum_list = (int *)alloc((int)sizeof(int) * GARGCOUNT); | |
6372 if (fnum_list == NULL) | |
6373 return; /* out of memory */ | |
6374 for (i = 0; i < GARGCOUNT; ++i) | |
6375 fnum_list[i] = GARGLIST[i].ae_fnum; | |
6376 | |
26 | 6377 /* Clear the argument list. Make room for the new arguments. */ |
6378 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
6379 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, used_file_count) == FAIL) | |
41 | 6380 return; /* out of memory */ |
26 | 6381 |
6382 for (i = 0; i < used_file_count; ++i) | |
6383 { | |
6384 idx = used_file_indexes[i]; | |
1752 | 6385 str = utf16_to_enc(ArglistW[idx], NULL); |
26 | 6386 if (str != NULL) |
41 | 6387 { |
819 | 6388 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
6389 /* When using diff mode may need to concatenate file name to | |
6390 * directory name. Just like it's done in main(). */ | |
6391 if (used_file_diff_mode && mch_isdir(str) && GARGCOUNT > 0 | |
6392 && !mch_isdir(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]))) | |
6393 { | |
6394 char_u *r; | |
6395 | |
6396 r = concat_fnames(str, gettail(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])), TRUE); | |
6397 if (r != NULL) | |
6398 { | |
6399 vim_free(str); | |
6400 str = r; | |
6401 } | |
6402 } | |
6403 #endif | |
41 | 6404 /* Re-use the old buffer by renaming it. When not using literal |
6405 * names it's done by alist_expand() below. */ | |
6406 if (used_file_literal) | |
6407 buf_set_name(fnum_list[i], str); | |
6408 | |
26 | 6409 alist_add(&global_alist, str, used_file_literal ? 2 : 0); |
41 | 6410 } |
26 | 6411 } |
6412 | |
6413 if (!used_file_literal) | |
6414 { | |
6415 /* Now expand wildcards in the arguments. */ | |
6416 /* Temporarily add '(' and ')' to 'isfname'. These are valid | |
6417 * filename characters but are excluded from 'isfname' to make | |
6418 * "gf" work on a file name in parenthesis (e.g.: see vim.h). */ | |
6419 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":let SaVe_ISF = &isf|set isf+=(,)"); | |
41 | 6420 alist_expand(fnum_list, used_alist_count); |
26 | 6421 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":let &isf = SaVe_ISF|unlet SaVe_ISF"); |
6422 } | |
6423 | |
6424 /* If wildcard expansion failed, we are editing the first file of the | |
6425 * arglist and there is no file name: Edit the first argument now. */ | |
6426 if (curwin->w_arg_idx == 0 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL) | |
6427 { | |
6428 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":rewind"); | |
6429 if (GARGCOUNT == 1 && used_file_full_path) | |
6430 (void)vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])); | |
6431 } | |
41 | 6432 |
6433 set_alist_count(); | |
26 | 6434 } |
6435 #endif |